summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/libmisc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'libmisc')
-rw-r--r--libmisc/.indent.pro5
-rw-r--r--libmisc/Makefile.am80
-rw-r--r--libmisc/Makefile.in927
-rw-r--r--libmisc/addgrps.c114
-rw-r--r--libmisc/age.c178
-rw-r--r--libmisc/audit_help.c87
-rw-r--r--libmisc/basename.c27
-rw-r--r--libmisc/btrfs.c110
-rw-r--r--libmisc/chkname.c101
-rw-r--r--libmisc/chkname.h27
-rw-r--r--libmisc/chowndir.c146
-rw-r--r--libmisc/chowntty.c79
-rw-r--r--libmisc/cleanup.c121
-rw-r--r--libmisc/cleanup_group.c215
-rw-r--r--libmisc/cleanup_user.c130
-rw-r--r--libmisc/console.c108
-rw-r--r--libmisc/copydir.c968
-rw-r--r--libmisc/date_to_str.c46
-rw-r--r--libmisc/entry.c45
-rw-r--r--libmisc/env.c253
-rw-r--r--libmisc/failure.c295
-rw-r--r--libmisc/failure.h61
-rw-r--r--libmisc/find_new_gid.c483
-rw-r--r--libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c64
-rw-r--r--libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c64
-rw-r--r--libmisc/find_new_uid.c483
-rw-r--r--libmisc/getdate.c2540
-rw-r--r--libmisc/getdate.h16
-rw-r--r--libmisc/getdate.y954
-rw-r--r--libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c43
-rw-r--r--libmisc/getrange.c101
-rw-r--r--libmisc/gettime.c68
-rw-r--r--libmisc/hushed.c77
-rw-r--r--libmisc/idmapping.c223
-rw-r--r--libmisc/idmapping.h23
-rw-r--r--libmisc/isexpired.c102
-rw-r--r--libmisc/limits.c589
-rw-r--r--libmisc/list.c249
-rw-r--r--libmisc/log.c93
-rw-r--r--libmisc/loginprompt.c155
-rw-r--r--libmisc/mail.c69
-rw-r--r--libmisc/motd.c58
-rw-r--r--libmisc/myname.c49
-rw-r--r--libmisc/obscure.c306
-rw-r--r--libmisc/pam_pass.c59
-rw-r--r--libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c145
-rw-r--r--libmisc/prefix_flag.c340
-rw-r--r--libmisc/pwd2spwd.c67
-rw-r--r--libmisc/pwd_init.c79
-rw-r--r--libmisc/pwdcheck.c38
-rw-r--r--libmisc/remove_tree.c101
-rw-r--r--libmisc/rlogin.c175
-rw-r--r--libmisc/root_flag.c108
-rw-r--r--libmisc/salt.c566
-rw-r--r--libmisc/setugid.c125
-rw-r--r--libmisc/setupenv.c290
-rw-r--r--libmisc/shell.c80
-rw-r--r--libmisc/strtoday.c220
-rw-r--r--libmisc/sub.c55
-rw-r--r--libmisc/sulog.c83
-rw-r--r--libmisc/ttytype.c67
-rw-r--r--libmisc/tz.c57
-rw-r--r--libmisc/ulimit.c47
-rw-r--r--libmisc/user_busy.c273
-rw-r--r--libmisc/utmp.c474
-rw-r--r--libmisc/valid.c82
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c121
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xgetgrgid.c41
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xgetgrnam.c41
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xgetpwnam.c41
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xgetpwuid.c41
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xgetspnam.c41
-rw-r--r--libmisc/xmalloc.c46
-rw-r--r--libmisc/yesno.c56
74 files changed, 0 insertions, 14891 deletions
diff --git a/libmisc/.indent.pro b/libmisc/.indent.pro
deleted file mode 100644
index fe572bb..0000000
--- a/libmisc/.indent.pro
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
--kr
--i8
--bad
--pcs
--l80
diff --git a/libmisc/Makefile.am b/libmisc/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d319cd..0000000
--- a/libmisc/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-
-EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir) $(ECONF_CPPFLAGS)
-
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libmisc.la
-
-libmisc_la_SOURCES = \
- addgrps.c \
- age.c \
- audit_help.c \
- basename.c \
- chkname.c \
- chkname.h \
- chowndir.c \
- chowntty.c \
- cleanup.c \
- cleanup_group.c \
- cleanup_user.c \
- console.c \
- copydir.c \
- date_to_str.c \
- entry.c \
- env.c \
- failure.c \
- failure.h \
- find_new_gid.c \
- find_new_uid.c \
- find_new_sub_gids.c \
- find_new_sub_uids.c \
- getdate.h \
- getdate.y \
- getgr_nam_gid.c \
- getrange.c \
- gettime.c \
- hushed.c \
- idmapping.h \
- idmapping.c \
- isexpired.c \
- limits.c \
- list.c log.c \
- loginprompt.c \
- mail.c \
- motd.c \
- myname.c \
- obscure.c \
- pam_pass.c \
- pam_pass_non_interactive.c \
- prefix_flag.c \
- pwd2spwd.c \
- pwdcheck.c \
- pwd_init.c \
- remove_tree.c \
- rlogin.c \
- root_flag.c \
- salt.c \
- setugid.c \
- setupenv.c \
- shell.c \
- strtoday.c \
- sub.c \
- sulog.c \
- ttytype.c \
- tz.c \
- ulimit.c \
- user_busy.c \
- utmp.c \
- valid.c \
- xgetpwnam.c \
- xgetpwuid.c \
- xgetgrnam.c \
- xgetgrgid.c \
- xgetspnam.c \
- xmalloc.c \
- yesno.c
-
-if WITH_BTRFS
-libmisc_la_SOURCES += btrfs.c
-endif
-
diff --git a/libmisc/Makefile.in b/libmisc/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 2defd8e..0000000
--- a/libmisc/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,927 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-am__is_gnu_make = { \
- if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
- false; \
- elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
- true; \
- elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
- true; \
- else \
- false; \
- fi; \
-}
-am__make_running_with_option = \
- case $${target_option-} in \
- ?) ;; \
- *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
- "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
- exit 1;; \
- esac; \
- has_opt=no; \
- sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
- if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
- sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
- else \
- case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
- *\\[\ \ ]*) \
- bs=\\; \
- sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
- | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
- esac; \
- fi; \
- skip_next=no; \
- strip_trailopt () \
- { \
- flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
- }; \
- for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
- test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
- case $$flg in \
- *=*|--*) continue;; \
- -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
- -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
- -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
- -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
- -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
- -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
- -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
- -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
- esac; \
- case $$flg in \
- *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- test $$has_opt = yes
-am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
-am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-@WITH_BTRFS_TRUE@am__append_1 = btrfs.c
-subdir = libmisc
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(ACLOCAL_M4)
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-LTLIBRARIES = $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
-libmisc_la_LIBADD =
-am__libmisc_la_SOURCES_DIST = addgrps.c age.c audit_help.c basename.c \
- chkname.c chkname.h chowndir.c chowntty.c cleanup.c \
- cleanup_group.c cleanup_user.c console.c copydir.c \
- date_to_str.c entry.c env.c failure.c failure.h find_new_gid.c \
- find_new_uid.c find_new_sub_gids.c find_new_sub_uids.c \
- getdate.h getdate.y getgr_nam_gid.c getrange.c gettime.c \
- hushed.c idmapping.h idmapping.c isexpired.c limits.c list.c \
- log.c loginprompt.c mail.c motd.c myname.c obscure.c \
- pam_pass.c pam_pass_non_interactive.c prefix_flag.c pwd2spwd.c \
- pwdcheck.c pwd_init.c remove_tree.c rlogin.c root_flag.c \
- salt.c setugid.c setupenv.c shell.c strtoday.c sub.c sulog.c \
- ttytype.c tz.c ulimit.c user_busy.c utmp.c valid.c xgetpwnam.c \
- xgetpwuid.c xgetgrnam.c xgetgrgid.c xgetspnam.c xmalloc.c \
- yesno.c btrfs.c
-@WITH_BTRFS_TRUE@am__objects_1 = btrfs.lo
-am_libmisc_la_OBJECTS = addgrps.lo age.lo audit_help.lo basename.lo \
- chkname.lo chowndir.lo chowntty.lo cleanup.lo cleanup_group.lo \
- cleanup_user.lo console.lo copydir.lo date_to_str.lo entry.lo \
- env.lo failure.lo find_new_gid.lo find_new_uid.lo \
- find_new_sub_gids.lo find_new_sub_uids.lo getdate.lo \
- getgr_nam_gid.lo getrange.lo gettime.lo hushed.lo idmapping.lo \
- isexpired.lo limits.lo list.lo log.lo loginprompt.lo mail.lo \
- motd.lo myname.lo obscure.lo pam_pass.lo \
- pam_pass_non_interactive.lo prefix_flag.lo pwd2spwd.lo \
- pwdcheck.lo pwd_init.lo remove_tree.lo rlogin.lo root_flag.lo \
- salt.lo setugid.lo setupenv.lo shell.lo strtoday.lo sub.lo \
- sulog.lo ttytype.lo tz.lo ulimit.lo user_busy.lo utmp.lo \
- valid.lo xgetpwnam.lo xgetpwuid.lo xgetgrnam.lo xgetgrgid.lo \
- xgetspnam.lo xmalloc.lo yesno.lo $(am__objects_1)
-libmisc_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libmisc_la_OBJECTS)
-AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
-am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_lt_0 = --silent
-am__v_lt_1 =
-AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
-am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_P_0 = false
-am__v_P_1 = :
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
-am__v_GEN_1 =
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
-am__v_at_1 =
-DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
-depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
-am__maybe_remake_depfiles = depfiles
-am__depfiles_remade = ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo \
- ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
-am__mv = mv -f
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
- $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
- $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
- $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
- $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
-am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
-am__v_CC_1 =
-CCLD = $(CC)
-LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
- $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
- $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
-am__v_CCLD_1 =
-@MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@am__skipyacc = test -f $@ ||
-am__yacc_c2h = sed -e s/cc$$/hh/ -e s/cpp$$/hpp/ -e s/cxx$$/hxx/ \
- -e s/c++$$/h++/ -e s/c$$/h/
-YACCCOMPILE = $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS)
-LTYACCCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
- $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS)
-AM_V_YACC = $(am__v_YACC_@AM_V@)
-am__v_YACC_ = $(am__v_YACC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_YACC_0 = @echo " YACC " $@;
-am__v_YACC_1 =
-YLWRAP = $(top_srcdir)/ylwrap
-SOURCES = $(libmisc_la_SOURCES)
-DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libmisc_la_SOURCES_DIST)
-am__can_run_installinfo = \
- case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
- n|no|NO) false;; \
- *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
- esac
-am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
-# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
-# *not* preserved.
-am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
- BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
- { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
-'
-# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
-# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
-# for different programs/libraries.
-am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
- list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
-am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/depcomp \
- $(top_srcdir)/ylwrap getdate.c
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
-CTAGS = @CTAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-ECONF_CPPFLAGS = @ECONF_CPPFLAGS@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-ETAGS = @ETAGS@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
-GREP = @GREP@
-GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH = @GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
-INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBACL = @LIBACL@
-LIBATTR = @LIBATTR@
-LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
-LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
-LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
-LIBECONF = @LIBECONF@
-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
-LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
-LIBMD = @LIBMD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBPAM = @LIBPAM@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBSELINUX = @LIBSELINUX@
-LIBSEMANAGE = @LIBSEMANAGE@
-LIBSKEY = @LIBSKEY@
-LIBSUBID_ABI = @LIBSUBID_ABI@
-LIBSUBID_ABI_MAJOR = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MAJOR@
-LIBSUBID_ABI_MICRO = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MICRO@
-LIBSUBID_ABI_MINOR = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MINOR@
-LIBTCB = @LIBTCB@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LIYESCRYPT = @LIYESCRYPT@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
-LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
-MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VENDORDIR = @VENDORDIR@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
-XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
-XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
-XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
-XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
-XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
-YACC = @YACC@
-YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-capcmd = @capcmd@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-runstatedir = @runstatedir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir) $(ECONF_CPPFLAGS)
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libmisc.la
-libmisc_la_SOURCES = addgrps.c age.c audit_help.c basename.c chkname.c \
- chkname.h chowndir.c chowntty.c cleanup.c cleanup_group.c \
- cleanup_user.c console.c copydir.c date_to_str.c entry.c env.c \
- failure.c failure.h find_new_gid.c find_new_uid.c \
- find_new_sub_gids.c find_new_sub_uids.c getdate.h getdate.y \
- getgr_nam_gid.c getrange.c gettime.c hushed.c idmapping.h \
- idmapping.c isexpired.c limits.c list.c log.c loginprompt.c \
- mail.c motd.c myname.c obscure.c pam_pass.c \
- pam_pass_non_interactive.c prefix_flag.c pwd2spwd.c pwdcheck.c \
- pwd_init.c remove_tree.c rlogin.c root_flag.c salt.c setugid.c \
- setupenv.c shell.c strtoday.c sub.c sulog.c ttytype.c tz.c \
- ulimit.c user_busy.c utmp.c valid.c xgetpwnam.c xgetpwuid.c \
- xgetgrnam.c xgetgrgid.c xgetspnam.c xmalloc.c yesno.c \
- $(am__append_1)
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
- @for dep in $?; do \
- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
- *$$dep*) \
- ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
- && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
- exit 1;; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign libmisc/Makefile'; \
- $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
- $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign libmisc/Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
- @case '$?' in \
- *config.status*) \
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
- *) \
- echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
- esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
- -test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
- @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
- locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
- sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
- sort -u`; \
- test -z "$$locs" || { \
- echo rm -f $${locs}; \
- rm -f $${locs}; \
- }
-
-libmisc.la: $(libmisc_la_OBJECTS) $(libmisc_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libmisc_la_DEPENDENCIES)
- $(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(libmisc_la_OBJECTS) $(libmisc_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
-
-mostlyclean-compile:
- -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
-
-distclean-compile:
- -rm -f *.tab.c
-
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-
-$(am__depfiles_remade):
- @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D)
- @echo '# dummy' >$@-t && $(am__mv) $@-t $@
-
-am--depfiles: $(am__depfiles_remade)
-
-.c.o:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
-
-.c.obj:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-
-.c.lo:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
-
-.y.c:
- $(AM_V_YACC)$(am__skipyacc) $(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) $< y.tab.c $@ y.tab.h `echo $@ | $(am__yacc_c2h)` y.output $*.output -- $(YACCCOMPILE)
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
- -rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
- -rm -rf .libs _libs
-
-ID: $(am__tagged_files)
- $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: tags-am
-TAGS: tags
-
-tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
- set x; \
- here=`pwd`; \
- $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
- shift; \
- if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
- test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
- if test $$# -gt 0; then \
- $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
- "$$@" $$unique; \
- else \
- $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
- $$unique; \
- fi; \
- fi
-ctags: ctags-am
-
-CTAGS: ctags
-ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
- $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
- test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
- || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
- $$unique
-
-GTAGS:
- here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
- && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
- && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
-cscopelist: cscopelist-am
-
-cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
- list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
- case "$(srcdir)" in \
- [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
- *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
- esac; \
- for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then \
- echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
- else \
- echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
- fi; \
- done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
-
-distclean-tags:
- -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
-
-distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
- @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
- topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
- list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
- dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
- sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
- -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
- case $$dist_files in \
- */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
- sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
- sort -u` ;; \
- esac; \
- for file in $$dist_files; do \
- if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
- if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
- dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
- if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
- find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
- fi; \
- if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
- cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
- find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
- fi; \
- cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
- else \
- test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
- || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES)
-installdirs:
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
- @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
- if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
- install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
- install; \
- else \
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
- install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
- "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
- fi
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
- -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
- -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
- -rm -f getdate.c
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \
- mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
- -rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
- distclean-tags
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo
- -rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
- -rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
- mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am:
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am am--depfiles check check-am clean \
- clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \
- cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-compile \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
- maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libmisc/addgrps.c b/libmisc/addgrps.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 845d383..0000000
--- a/libmisc/addgrps.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#if defined (HAVE_SETGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#define SEP ",:"
-/*
- * Add groups with names from LIST (separated by commas or colons)
- * to the supplementary group set. Silently ignore groups which are
- * already there. Warning: uses strtok().
- */
-int add_groups (const char *list)
-{
- GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, *tmp;
- size_t i;
- int ngroups;
- bool added;
- char *token;
- char buf[1024];
- int ret;
- FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
- if (strlen (list) >= sizeof (buf)) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return -1;
- }
- strcpy (buf, list);
-
- i = 16;
- for (;;) {
- grouplist = (gid_t *) malloc (i * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
- if (NULL == grouplist) {
- return -1;
- }
- ngroups = getgroups (i, grouplist);
- if ( ( (-1 == ngroups)
- && (EINVAL != errno))
- || (i > (size_t)ngroups)) {
- /* Unexpected failure of getgroups or successful
- * reception of the groups */
- break;
- }
- /* not enough room, so try allocating a larger buffer */
- free (grouplist);
- i *= 2;
- }
- if (ngroups < 0) {
- free (grouplist);
- return -1;
- }
-
- added = false;
- for (token = strtok (buf, SEP); NULL != token; token = strtok (NULL, SEP)) {
- struct group *grp;
-
- grp = getgrnam (token); /* local, no need for xgetgrnam */
- if (NULL == grp) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("Warning: unknown group %s\n"),
- token);
- continue;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < (size_t)ngroups && grouplist[i] != grp->gr_gid; i++);
-
- if (i < (size_t)ngroups) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (ngroups >= sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)) {
- fputs (_("Warning: too many groups\n"), shadow_logfd);
- break;
- }
- tmp = (gid_t *) realloc (grouplist, (size_t)(ngroups + 1) * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
- if (NULL == tmp) {
- free (grouplist);
- return -1;
- }
- tmp[ngroups] = grp->gr_gid;
- ngroups++;
- grouplist = tmp;
- added = true;
- }
-
- if (added) {
- ret = setgroups ((size_t)ngroups, grouplist);
- free (grouplist);
- return ret;
- }
-
- free (grouplist);
- return 0;
-}
-#else /* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/age.c b/libmisc/age.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d10f71b..0000000
--- a/libmisc/age.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "exitcodes.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#ifndef PASSWD_PROGRAM
-#define PASSWD_PROGRAM "/bin/passwd"
-#endif
-/*
- * expire - force password change if password expired
- *
- * expire() calls /bin/passwd to change the user's password
- * if it has expired.
- */
-int expire (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
-{
- int status;
- pid_t child;
- pid_t pid;
-
- if (NULL == sp) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * See if the user's password has expired, and if so
- * force them to change their password.
- */
-
- status = isexpired (pw, sp);
- switch (status) {
- case 0:
- return 0;
- case 1:
- (void) fputs (_("Your password has expired."), stdout);
- break;
- case 2:
- (void) fputs (_("Your password is inactive."), stdout);
- break;
- case 3:
- (void) fputs (_("Your login has expired."), stdout);
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Setting the maximum valid period to less than the minimum
- * valid period means that the minimum period will never
- * occur while the password is valid, so the user can never
- * change that password.
- */
-
- if ((status > 1) || (sp->sp_max < sp->sp_min)) {
- (void) puts (_(" Contact the system administrator."));
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- (void) puts (_(" Choose a new password."));
- (void) fflush (stdout);
-
- /*
- * Close all the files so that unauthorized access won't
- * occur. This needs to be done anyway because those files
- * might become stale after "passwd" is executed.
- */
-
- endspent ();
- endpwent ();
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
- endsgent ();
-#endif
- endgrent ();
-
- /*
- * Execute the /bin/passwd command. The exit status will be
- * examined to see what the result is. If there are any
- * errors the routine will exit. This forces the user to
- * change their password before being able to use the account.
- */
-
- pid = fork ();
- if (0 == pid) {
- int err;
-
- /*
- * Set the UID to be that of the user. This causes
- * passwd to work just like it would had they executed
- * it from the command line while logged in.
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined(USE_PAM)
- if (setup_uid_gid (pw, false) != 0)
-#else
- if (setup_uid_gid (pw) != 0)
-#endif
- {
- _exit (126);
- }
-
- (void) execl (PASSWD_PROGRAM, PASSWD_PROGRAM, pw->pw_name, (char *) 0);
- err = errno;
- perror ("Can't execute " PASSWD_PROGRAM);
- _exit ((ENOENT == err) ? E_CMD_NOTFOUND : E_CMD_NOEXEC);
- } else if ((pid_t) -1 == pid) {
- perror ("fork");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- while (((child = wait (&status)) != pid) && (child != (pid_t)-1));
-
- if ((child == pid) && (0 == status)) {
- return 1;
- }
-
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- /*@notreached@*/}
-
-/*
- * agecheck - see if warning is needed for password expiration
- *
- * agecheck sees how many days until the user's password is going
- * to expire and warns the user of the pending password expiration.
- */
-
-void agecheck (/*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
-{
- long now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
- long remain;
-
- if (NULL == sp) {
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * The last, max, and warn fields must be supported or the
- * warning period cannot be calculated.
- */
-
- if ( (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
- || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
- || (-1 == sp->sp_warn)) {
- return;
- }
-
- if (0 == sp->sp_lstchg) {
- (void) puts (_("You must change your password."));
- return;
- }
-
- remain = sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max - now;
- if (remain <= sp->sp_warn) {
- remain /= DAY / SCALE;
- if (remain > 1) {
- (void) printf (_("Your password will expire in %ld days.\n"),
- remain);
- } else if (1 == remain) {
- (void) puts (_("Your password will expire tomorrow."));
- } else if (remain == 0) {
- (void) puts (_("Your password will expire today."));
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/audit_help.c b/libmisc/audit_help.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e6c2006..0000000
--- a/libmisc/audit_help.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 , Red Hat, Inc.
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Audit helper functions used throughout shadow
- *
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <syslog.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <libaudit.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-int audit_fd;
-
-void audit_help_open (void)
-{
- audit_fd = audit_open ();
- if (audit_fd < 0) {
- /* You get these only when the kernel doesn't have
- * audit compiled in. */
- if ( (errno == EINVAL)
- || (errno == EPROTONOSUPPORT)
- || (errno == EAFNOSUPPORT)) {
- return;
- }
- (void) fputs (_("Cannot open audit interface - aborting.\n"),
- log_get_logfd());
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * This function will log a message to the audit system using a predefined
- * message format. Parameter usage is as follows:
- *
- * type - type of message: AUDIT_USER_CHAUTHTOK for changing any account
- * attributes.
- * pgname - program's name
- * op - operation. "adding user", "changing finger info", "deleting group"
- * name - user's account or group name. If not available use NULL.
- * id - uid or gid that the operation is being performed on. This is used
- * only when user is NULL.
- */
-void audit_logger (int type, unused const char *pgname, const char *op,
- const char *name, unsigned int id,
- shadow_audit_result result)
-{
- if (audit_fd < 0) {
- return;
- } else {
- audit_log_acct_message (audit_fd, type, NULL, op, name, id,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, (int) result);
- }
-}
-
-void audit_logger_message (const char *message, shadow_audit_result result)
-{
- if (audit_fd < 0) {
- return;
- } else {
- audit_log_user_message (audit_fd,
- AUDIT_USYS_CONFIG,
- message,
- NULL, /* hostname */
- NULL, /* addr */
- NULL, /* tty */
- (int) result);
- }
-}
-
-#else /* WITH_AUDIT */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* WITH_AUDIT */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/basename.c b/libmisc/basename.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fe91653..0000000
--- a/libmisc/basename.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * basename.c - not worth copyrighting :-). Some versions of Linux libc
- * already have basename(), other versions don't. To avoid confusion,
- * we will not use the function from libc and use a different name here.
- * --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@observer@*/const char *Basename (const char *str)
-{
- char *cp = strrchr (str, '/');
-
- return (NULL != cp) ? cp + 1 : str;
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/btrfs.c b/libmisc/btrfs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2563f7..0000000
--- a/libmisc/btrfs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-#include <linux/btrfs_tree.h>
-#include <linux/magic.h>
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-static bool path_exists(const char *p)
-{
- struct stat sb;
-
- return stat(p, &sb) == 0;
-}
-
-static const char *btrfs_cmd(void)
-{
- const char *const btrfs_paths[] = {"/sbin/btrfs",
- "/bin/btrfs", "/usr/sbin/btrfs", "/usr/bin/btrfs", NULL};
- const char *p;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0, p = btrfs_paths[i]; p; i++, p = btrfs_paths[i])
- if (path_exists(p))
- return p;
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static int run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd(const char *subcmd, const char *arg1, const char *arg2)
-{
- int status = 0;
- const char *cmd = btrfs_cmd();
- const char *argv[] = {
- "btrfs",
- "subvolume",
- subcmd,
- arg1,
- arg2,
- NULL
- };
-
- if (access(cmd, X_OK)) {
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (run_command(cmd, argv, NULL, &status))
- return -1;
- return status;
-}
-
-
-int btrfs_create_subvolume(const char *path)
-{
- return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("create", path, NULL);
-}
-
-
-int btrfs_remove_subvolume(const char *path)
-{
- return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("delete", "-C", path);
-}
-
-
-/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
-/*
- * This intentionally duplicates btrfs_util_is_subvolume_fd() instead of opening
- * a file descriptor and calling it, because fstat() and fstatfs() don't accept
- * file descriptors opened with O_PATH on old kernels (before v3.6 and before
- * v3.12, respectively), but stat() and statfs() can be called on a path that
- * the user doesn't have read or write permissions to.
- *
- * returns:
- * 1 - btrfs subvolume
- * 0 - not btrfs subvolume
- * -1 - error
- */
-int btrfs_is_subvolume(const char *path)
-{
- struct stat st;
- int ret;
-
- ret = is_btrfs(path);
- if (ret <= 0)
- return ret;
-
- ret = stat(path, &st);
- if (ret == -1)
- return -1;
-
- if (st.st_ino != BTRFS_FIRST_FREE_OBJECTID || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
-int is_btrfs(const char *path)
-{
- struct statfs sfs;
- int ret;
-
- ret = statfs(path, &sfs);
- if (ret == -1)
- return -1;
-
- return sfs.f_type == BTRFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/chkname.c b/libmisc/chkname.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e31ee8c..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chkname.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
- * name for validity;
- * return values:
- * true - OK
- * false - bad name
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "chkname.h"
-
-int allow_bad_names = false;
-
-static bool is_valid_name (const char *name)
-{
- if (allow_bad_names) {
- return true;
- }
-
- /*
- * User/group names must match gnu e-regex:
- * [a-zA-Z0-9_.][a-zA-Z0-9_.-]{0,30}[a-zA-Z0-9_.$-]?
- *
- * as a non-POSIX, extension, allow "$" as the last char for
- * sake of Samba 3.x "add machine script"
- *
- * Also do not allow fully numeric names or just "." or "..".
- */
- int numeric;
-
- if ('\0' == *name ||
- ('.' == *name && (('.' == name[1] && '\0' == name[2]) ||
- '\0' == name[1])) ||
- !((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
- (*name >= 'A' && *name <= 'Z') ||
- (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
- *name == '_' ||
- *name == '.')) {
- return false;
- }
-
- numeric = isdigit(*name);
-
- while ('\0' != *++name) {
- if (!((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
- (*name >= 'A' && *name <= 'Z') ||
- (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
- *name == '_' ||
- *name == '.' ||
- *name == '-' ||
- (*name == '$' && name[1] == '\0')
- )) {
- return false;
- }
- numeric &= isdigit(*name);
- }
-
- return !numeric;
-}
-
-bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name)
-{
- /*
- * User names are limited by whatever utmp can
- * handle.
- */
- if (strlen (name) > USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH) {
- return false;
- }
-
- return is_valid_name (name);
-}
-
-bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name)
-{
- /*
- * Arbitrary limit for group names.
- * HP-UX 10 limits to 16 characters
- */
- if ( (GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH > 0)
- && (strlen (name) > GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH)) {
- return false;
- }
-
- return is_valid_name (name);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/chkname.h b/libmisc/chkname.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0771347..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chkname.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/* $Id$ */
-#ifndef _CHKNAME_H_
-#define _CHKNAME_H_
-
-/*
- * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
- * name for validity;
- * return values:
- * true - OK
- * false - bad name
- */
-
-#include "defines.h"
-
-extern bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name);
-extern bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/libmisc/chowndir.c b/libmisc/chowndir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d31618a..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chowndir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1992 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2010 - , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-static int chown_tree_at (int at_fd,
- const char *path,
- uid_t old_uid,
- uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid,
- gid_t new_gid)
-{
- DIR *dir;
- const struct dirent *ent;
- struct stat dir_sb;
- int dir_fd, rc = 0;
-
- dir_fd = openat (at_fd, path, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (dir_fd < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- dir = fdopendir (dir_fd);
- if (!dir) {
- (void) close (dir_fd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Open the directory and read each entry. Every entry is tested
- * to see if it is a directory, and if so this routine is called
- * recursively. If not, it is checked to see if an ownership
- * shall be changed.
- */
- while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
- uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
- gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
- struct stat ent_sb;
-
- /*
- * Skip the "." and ".." entries
- */
- if ( (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0)
- || (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- rc = fstatat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, &ent_sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
- if (rc < 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (S_ISDIR (ent_sb.st_mode)) {
- /*
- * Do the entire subdirectory.
- */
- rc = chown_tree_at (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
- if (0 != rc) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * By default, the IDs are not changed (-1).
- *
- * If the file is not owned by the user, the owner is not
- * changed.
- *
- * If the file is not group-owned by the group, the
- * group-owner is not changed.
- */
- if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (ent_sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
- tmpuid = new_uid;
- }
- if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (ent_sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
- tmpgid = new_gid;
- }
- if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
- rc = fchownat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, tmpuid, tmpgid, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
- if (0 != rc) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Now do the root of the tree
- */
- if ((0 == rc) && (fstat (dirfd(dir), &dir_sb) == 0)) {
- uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
- gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
- if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (dir_sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
- tmpuid = new_uid;
- }
- if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (dir_sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
- tmpgid = new_gid;
- }
- if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
- rc = fchown (dirfd(dir), tmpuid, tmpgid);
- }
- } else {
- rc = -1;
- }
-
- (void) closedir (dir);
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- * chown_tree - change ownership of files in a directory tree
- *
- * chown_dir() walks a directory tree and changes the ownership
- * of all files owned by the provided user ID.
- *
- * Only files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp. by old_gid)
- * will have their ownership (resp. group-ownership) modified, unless
- * old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set to -1.
- *
- * new_uid and new_gid can be set to -1 to indicate that no owner or
- * group-owner shall be changed.
- */
-int chown_tree (const char *root,
- uid_t old_uid,
- uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid,
- gid_t new_gid)
-{
- return chown_tree_at (AT_FDCWD, root, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/chowntty.c b/libmisc/chowntty.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8043d8c..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chowntty.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * chown_tty() sets the login tty to be owned by the new user ID
- * with TTYPERM modes
- */
-
-void chown_tty (const struct passwd *info)
-{
- struct group *grent;
- gid_t gid;
-
- /*
- * See if login.defs has some value configured for the port group
- * ID. Otherwise, use the user's primary group ID.
- */
-
- grent = getgr_nam_gid (getdef_str ("TTYGROUP"));
- if (NULL != grent) {
- gid = grent->gr_gid;
- gr_free (grent);
- } else {
- gid = info->pw_gid;
- }
-
- /*
- * Change the permissions on the TTY to be owned by the user with
- * the group as determined above.
- */
-
- if ( (fchown (STDIN_FILENO, info->pw_uid, gid) != 0)
- || (fchmod (STDIN_FILENO, (mode_t)getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600)) != 0)) {
- int err = errno;
- FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("Unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin: %s"),
- strerror (err));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin for user `%s': %s\n",
- info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
- if (EROFS != err) {
- closelog ();
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- }
-#ifdef __linux__
- /*
- * Please don't add code to chown /dev/vcs* to the user logging in -
- * it's a potential security hole. I wouldn't like the previous user
- * to hold the file descriptor open and watch my screen. We don't
- * have the *BSD revoke() system call yet, and vhangup() only works
- * for tty devices (which vcs* is not). --marekm
- */
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup.c b/libmisc/cleanup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c16f1bc..0000000
--- a/libmisc/cleanup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * The cleanup_functions stack.
- */
-#define CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS 10
-
-typedef /*@null@*/void * parg_t;
-
-static cleanup_function cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
-static parg_t cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
-static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
-
-/*
- * - Cleanup functions shall not fail.
- * - You should register do_cleanups with atexit.
- * - You should add cleanup functions to the stack with add_cleanup when
- * an operation is expected to be executed later, and remove it from the
- * stack with del_cleanup when it has been executed.
- *
- **/
-
-/*
- * do_cleanups - perform the actions stored in the cleanup_functions stack.
- *
- * Cleanup action are not executed on exit of the processes started by the
- * parent (first caller of add_cleanup).
- *
- * It is intended to be used as:
- * atexit (do_cleanups);
- */
-void do_cleanups (void)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- /* Make sure there were no overflow */
- assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-1]);
-
- if (getpid () != cleanup_pid) {
- return;
- }
-
- i = CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS;
- do {
- i--;
- if (cleanup_functions[i] != NULL) {
- cleanup_functions[i] (cleanup_function_args[i]);
- }
- } while (i>0);
-}
-
-/*
- * add_cleanup - Add a cleanup_function to the cleanup_functions stack.
- */
-void add_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
-{
- unsigned int i;
- assert (NULL != pcf);
-
- assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-2]);
-
- if (0 == cleanup_pid) {
- cleanup_pid = getpid ();
- }
-
- /* Add the cleanup_function at the end of the stack */
- for (i=0; NULL != cleanup_functions[i]; i++);
- cleanup_functions[i] = pcf;
- cleanup_function_args[i] = arg;
-}
-
-/*
- * del_cleanup - Remove a cleanup_function from the cleanup_functions stack.
- */
-void del_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf)
-{
- unsigned int i;
- assert (NULL != pcf);
-
- /* Find the pcf cleanup function */
- for (i=0; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
- if (cleanup_functions[i] == pcf) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Make sure the cleanup function was found */
- assert (i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS);
-
- /* Move the rest of the cleanup functions */
- for (; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
- /* Make sure the cleanup function was specified only once */
- assert ( (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1))
- || (cleanup_functions[i+1] != pcf));
-
- if (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1)) {
- cleanup_functions[i] = NULL;
- cleanup_function_args[i] = NULL;
- } else {
- cleanup_functions[i] = cleanup_functions[i+1];
- cleanup_function_args[i] = cleanup_function_args[i+1];
- }
-
- /* A NULL indicates the end of the stack */
- if (NULL == cleanup_functions[i]) {
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup_group.c b/libmisc/cleanup_group.c
deleted file mode 100644
index df3ebfd..0000000
--- a/libmisc/cleanup_group.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "sgroupio.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_group - Report failure to add a group to the system
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the system.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_group (void *group_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s", name));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
- "",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_del_group - Report failure to remove a group from the system
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the system.
- */
-void cleanup_report_del_group (void *group_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to remove group %s", name));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_DEL_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
- "",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-void cleanup_report_mod_group (void *cleanup_info)
-{
- const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
- info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "failed to change %s (%s)",
- gr_dbname (),
- info->action));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
- info->audit_msg,
- info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-void cleanup_report_mod_gshadow (void *cleanup_info)
-{
- const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
- info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "failed to change %s (%s)",
- sgr_dbname (),
- info->action));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
- info->audit_msg,
- info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_group_group - Report failure to add a group to group
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
- * group database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_group_group (void *group_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, gr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
- "adding group to /etc/group",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow - Report failure to add a group to gshadow
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
- * gshadow database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, sgr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
- "adding group to /etc/gshadow",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_del_group_group - Report failure to remove a group from the
- * regular group database
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
- * regular group database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_del_group_group (void *group_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "failed to remove group %s from %s",
- name, gr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
- "removing group from /etc/group",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-/*
- * cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow - Report failure to remove a group from
- * gshadow
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
- * gshadow database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "failed to remove group %s from %s",
- name, sgr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
- "removing group from /etc/gshadow",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_group - Unlock the group file
- *
- * It should be registered after the group file is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_group (unused void *arg)
-{
- if (gr_unlock () == 0) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), gr_dbname ());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", gr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger_message ("unlocking group file",
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_gshadow - Unlock the gshadow file
- *
- * It should be registered after the gshadow file is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_gshadow (unused void *arg)
-{
- if (sgr_unlock () == 0) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), sgr_dbname ());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", sgr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger_message ("unlocking gshadow file",
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
- }
-}
-#endif
-
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup_user.c b/libmisc/cleanup_user.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 26675c6..0000000
--- a/libmisc/cleanup_user.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#include "shadowio.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_user - Report failure to add an user to the system
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the system.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_user (void *user_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s", name));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
- "",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-void cleanup_report_mod_passwd (void *cleanup_info)
-{
- const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
- info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "failed to change %s (%s)",
- pw_dbname (),
- info->action));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
- info->audit_msg,
- info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_user_passwd - Report failure to add an user to
- * /etc/passwd
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
- * /etc/passwd database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_user_passwd (void *user_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, pw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
- "adding user to /etc/passwd",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_user_shadow - Report failure to add an user to
- * /etc/shadow
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
- * /etc/shadow database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_user_shadow (void *user_name)
-{
- const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
-
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, spw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
- "adding user to /etc/shadow",
- name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_passwd - Unlock the /etc/passwd database
- *
- * It should be registered after the passwd database is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_passwd (unused void *arg)
-{
- if (pw_unlock () == 0) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), pw_dbname ());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", pw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger_message ("unlocking passwd file",
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_shadow - Unlock the /etc/shadow database
- *
- * It should be registered after the shadow database is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_shadow (unused void *arg)
-{
- if (spw_unlock () == 0) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), spw_dbname ());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", spw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
- audit_logger_message ("unlocking shadow file",
- SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/console.c b/libmisc/console.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c475aa2..0000000
--- a/libmisc/console.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 , Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 , Chip Rosenthal
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-/*
- * This is now rather generic function which decides if "tty" is listed
- * under "cfgin" in config (directly or indirectly). Fallback to default if
- * something is bad.
- */
-static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char buf[1024], *s;
- const char *cons;
-
- /*
- * If the CONSOLE configuration definition isn't given,
- * fallback to default.
- */
-
- cons = getdef_str (cfgin);
- if (NULL == cons) {
- return def;
- }
-
- /*
- * If this isn't a filename, then it is a ":" delimited list of
- * console devices upon which root logins are allowed.
- */
-
- if (*cons != '/') {
- char *pbuf;
- strncpy (buf, cons, sizeof (buf));
- buf[sizeof (buf) - 1] = '\0';
- pbuf = &buf[0];
- while ((s = strtok (pbuf, ":")) != NULL) {
- if (strcmp (s, tty) == 0) {
- return true;
- }
-
- pbuf = NULL;
- }
- return false;
- }
-
- /*
- * If we can't open the console list, then call everything a
- * console - otherwise root will never be allowed to login.
- */
-
- fp = fopen (cons, "r");
- if (NULL == fp) {
- return def;
- }
-
- /*
- * See if this tty is listed in the console file.
- */
-
- while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
- buf[strlen (buf) - 1] = '\0';
- if (strcmp (buf, tty) == 0) {
- (void) fclose (fp);
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * This tty isn't a console.
- */
-
- (void) fclose (fp);
- return false;
-}
-
-/*
- * console - return 1 if the "tty" is a console device, else 0.
- *
- * Note - we need to take extreme care here to avoid locking out root logins
- * if something goes awry. That's why we do things like call everything a
- * console if the consoles file can't be opened. Because of this, we must
- * warn the user to protect against the remove of the consoles file since
- * that would allow an unauthorized root login.
- */
-
-bool console (const char *tty)
-{
- if (strncmp (tty, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
- tty += 5;
- }
-
- return is_listed ("CONSOLE", tty, true);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/copydir.c b/libmisc/copydir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b692aa9..0000000
--- a/libmisc/copydir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-#include <selinux/selinux.h>
-#endif /* WITH_SELINUX */
-#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <attr/error_context.h>
-#endif /* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-#include <acl/libacl.h>
-#endif /* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-#include <attr/libattr.h>
-#endif /* WITH_ATTR */
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-
-static /*@null@*/const char *src_orig;
-static /*@null@*/const char *dst_orig;
-
-struct link_name {
- dev_t ln_dev;
- ino_t ln_ino;
- nlink_t ln_count;
- char *ln_name;
- /*@dependent@*/struct link_name *ln_next;
-};
-static /*@exposed@*/struct link_name *links;
-
-struct path_info {
- const char *full_path;
- int dirfd;
- const char *name;
-};
-
-static int copy_entry (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int copy_dir (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename);
-static int copy_symlink (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- unused bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int copy_hardlink (const struct path_info *dst,
- unused bool reset_selinux,
- struct link_name *lp);
-static int copy_special (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int copy_file (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int chownat_if_needed (const struct path_info *dst, const struct stat *statp,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int fchown_if_needed (int fdst, const struct stat *statp,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-
-#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
-/*
- * error_acl - format the error messages for the ACL and EQ libraries.
- */
-format_attr(printf, 2, 3)
-static void error_acl (unused struct error_context *ctx, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
- /* ignore the case when destination does not support ACLs
- * or extended attributes */
- if (ENOTSUP == errno) {
- errno = 0;
- return;
- }
-
- va_start (ap, fmt);
- (void) fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("%s: "), log_get_progname());
- if (vfprintf (shadow_logfd, fmt, ap) != 0) {
- (void) fputs (_(": "), shadow_logfd);
- }
- (void) fprintf (shadow_logfd, "%s\n", strerror (errno));
- va_end (ap);
-}
-
-static struct error_context ctx = {
- error_acl, NULL, NULL
-};
-#endif /* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
-
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-static int perm_copy_path(const struct path_info *src,
- const struct path_info *dst,
- struct error_context *errctx)
-{
- int src_fd, dst_fd, ret;
-
- src_fd = openat(src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (src_fd < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- dst_fd = openat(dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (dst_fd < 0) {
- (void) close (src_fd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- ret = perm_copy_fd(src->full_path, src_fd, dst->full_path, dst_fd, errctx);
- (void) close (src_fd);
- (void) close (dst_fd);
- return ret;
-}
-#endif /* WITH_ACL */
-
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-static int attr_copy_path(const struct path_info *src,
- const struct path_info *dst,
- int (*callback) (const char *, struct error_context *),
- struct error_context *errctx)
-{
- int src_fd, dst_fd, ret;
-
- src_fd = openat(src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (src_fd < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- dst_fd = openat(dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (dst_fd < 0) {
- (void) close (src_fd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- ret = attr_copy_fd(src->full_path, src_fd, dst->full_path, dst_fd, callback, errctx);
- (void) close (src_fd);
- (void) close (dst_fd);
- return ret;
-}
-#endif /* WITH_ATTR */
-
-/*
- * remove_link - delete a link from the linked list
- */
-static void remove_link (/*@only@*/struct link_name *ln)
-{
- struct link_name *lp;
-
- if (links == ln) {
- links = ln->ln_next;
- free (ln->ln_name);
- free (ln);
- return;
- }
- for (lp = links; NULL !=lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
- if (lp->ln_next == ln) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (NULL == lp) {
- free (ln->ln_name);
- free (ln);
- return;
- }
-
- lp->ln_next = lp->ln_next->ln_next;
- free (ln->ln_name);
- free (ln);
-}
-
-/*
- * check_link - see if a file is really a link
- */
-
-static /*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
-{
- struct link_name *lp;
- size_t src_len;
- size_t dst_len;
- size_t name_len;
- size_t len;
-
- /* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
- assert (NULL != src_orig);
- assert (NULL != dst_orig);
-
- for (lp = links; NULL != lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
- if ((lp->ln_dev == sb->st_dev) && (lp->ln_ino == sb->st_ino)) {
- return lp;
- }
- }
-
- if (sb->st_nlink == 1) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- lp = (struct link_name *) xmalloc (sizeof *lp);
- src_len = strlen (src_orig);
- dst_len = strlen (dst_orig);
- name_len = strlen (name);
- lp->ln_dev = sb->st_dev;
- lp->ln_ino = sb->st_ino;
- lp->ln_count = sb->st_nlink;
- len = name_len - src_len + dst_len + 1;
- lp->ln_name = (char *) xmalloc (len);
- (void) snprintf (lp->ln_name, len, "%s%s", dst_orig, name + src_len);
- lp->ln_next = links;
- links = lp;
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static int copy_tree_impl (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- int dst_fd, src_fd, err = 0;
- bool set_orig = false;
- const struct dirent *ent;
- DIR *dir;
-
- if (copy_root) {
- struct stat sb;
-
- if ( fstatat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, &sb, 0) == 0
- || errno != ENOENT) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (fstatat (src->dirfd, src->name, &sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == -1) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (!S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- "%s: %s is not a directory",
- log_get_progname(), src->full_path);
- return -1;
- }
-
- return copy_entry (src, dst, reset_selinux,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
- }
-
- /*
- * Make certain both directories exist. This routine is called
- * after the home directory is created, or recursively after the
- * target is created. It assumes the target directory exists.
- */
-
- src_fd = openat (src->dirfd, src->name, O_DIRECTORY | O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (src_fd < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- dst_fd = openat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_DIRECTORY | O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (dst_fd < 0) {
- (void) close (src_fd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Open the source directory and read each entry. Every file
- * entry in the directory is copied with the UID and GID set
- * to the provided values. As an added security feature only
- * regular files (and directories ...) are copied, and no file
- * is made set-ID.
- */
- dir = fdopendir (src_fd);
- if (NULL == dir) {
- (void) close (src_fd);
- (void) close (dst_fd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (src_orig == NULL) {
- src_orig = src->full_path;
- dst_orig = dst->full_path;
- set_orig = true;
- }
- while ((0 == err) && (ent = readdir (dir)) != NULL) {
- /*
- * Skip the "." and ".." entries
- */
- if ((strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") != 0) &&
- (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") != 0)) {
- char *src_name;
- char *dst_name;
- size_t src_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
- size_t dst_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
- src_len += strlen (src->full_path);
- dst_len += strlen (dst->full_path);
-
- src_name = (char *) malloc (src_len);
- dst_name = (char *) malloc (dst_len);
-
- if ((NULL == src_name) || (NULL == dst_name)) {
- err = -1;
- } else {
- /*
- * Build the filename for both the source and
- * the destination files.
- */
- struct path_info src_entry, dst_entry;
-
- (void) snprintf (src_name, src_len, "%s/%s",
- src->full_path, ent->d_name);
- (void) snprintf (dst_name, dst_len, "%s/%s",
- dst->full_path, ent->d_name);
-
- src_entry.full_path = src_name;
- src_entry.dirfd = dirfd(dir);
- src_entry.name = ent->d_name;
-
- dst_entry.full_path = dst_name;
- dst_entry.dirfd = dst_fd;
- dst_entry.name = ent->d_name;
-
- err = copy_entry (&src_entry, &dst_entry,
- reset_selinux,
- old_uid, new_uid,
- old_gid, new_gid);
- }
- free (src_name);
- free (dst_name);
- }
- }
- (void) closedir (dir);
- (void) close (dst_fd);
-
- if (set_orig) {
- src_orig = NULL;
- dst_orig = NULL;
- /* FIXME: clean links
- * Since there can be hardlinks elsewhere on the device,
- * we cannot check that all the hardlinks were found:
- assert (NULL == links);
- */
- }
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
- /* Reset SELinux to create files with default contexts.
- * Note that the context is only reset on exit of copy_tree (it is
- * assumed that the program would quit without needing a restored
- * context if copy_tree failed previously), and that copy_tree can
- * be called recursively (hence the context is set on the
- * sub-functions of copy_entry).
- */
- if (reset_selinux_file_context () != 0) {
- err = -1;
- }
-#endif /* WITH_SELINUX */
-
- return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_entry - copy the entry of a directory
- *
- * Copy the entry src to dst.
- * Depending on the type of entry, this function will forward the
- * request to copy_dir(), copy_symlink(), copy_hardlink(),
- * copy_special(), or copy_file().
- *
- * The access and modification time will not be modified.
- *
- * The permissions will be set to new_uid/new_gid.
- *
- * If new_uid (resp. new_gid) is equal to -1, the user (resp. group) will
- * not be modified.
- *
- * Only the files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp.
- * old_gid) will be modified, unless old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set
- * to -1.
- */
-static int copy_entry (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- int err = 0;
- struct stat sb;
- struct link_name *lp;
- struct timespec mt[2];
-
- if (fstatat(src->dirfd, src->name, &sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == -1) {
- /* If we cannot stat the file, do not care. */
- } else {
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM
- mt[0].tv_sec = sb.st_atim.tv_sec;
- mt[0].tv_nsec = sb.st_atim.tv_nsec;
-#else /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
- mt[0].tv_sec = sb.st_atime;
-# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
- mt[0].tv_nsec = sb.st_atimensec;
-# else /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
- mt[0].tv_nsec = 0;
-# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
-#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM
- mt[1].tv_sec = sb.st_mtim.tv_sec;
- mt[1].tv_nsec = sb.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
-#else /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
- mt[1].tv_sec = sb.st_mtime;
-# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC
- mt[1].tv_nsec = sb.st_mtimensec;
-# else /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
- mt[1].tv_nsec = 0;
-# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
-#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
-
- if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
- err = copy_dir (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
- }
-
- /*
- * Copy any symbolic links
- */
-
- else if (S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode)) {
- err = copy_symlink (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
- }
-
- /*
- * See if this is a previously copied link
- */
-
- else if ((lp = check_link (src->full_path, &sb)) != NULL) {
- err = copy_hardlink (dst, reset_selinux, lp);
- }
-
- /*
- * Deal with FIFOs and special files. The user really
- * shouldn't have any of these, but it seems like it
- * would be nice to copy everything ...
- */
-
- else if (!S_ISREG (sb.st_mode)) {
- err = copy_special (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
- }
-
- /*
- * Create the new file and copy the contents. The new
- * file will be owned by the provided UID and GID values.
- */
-
- else {
- err = copy_file (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
- }
- }
-
- return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_dir - copy a directory
- *
- * Copy a directory (recursively) from src to dst.
- *
- * statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- * the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_dir (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- int err = 0;
-
- /*
- * Create a new target directory, make it owned by
- * the user and then recursively copy that directory.
- */
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
- if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFDIR) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-#endif /* WITH_SELINUX */
- if ( (mkdirat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, 0700) != 0)
- || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
- || (fchmodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & 07777, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
- || ( (perm_copy_path (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
- && (errno != 0))
-#endif /* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
- /*
- * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
- * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
- * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
- * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
- * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
- */
- || ( !reset_selinux
- && (attr_copy_path (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
- && (errno != 0))
-#endif /* WITH_ATTR */
- || (copy_tree_impl (src, dst, false, reset_selinux,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
- || (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)) {
- err = -1;
- }
-
- return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * readlink_malloc - wrapper for readlink
- *
- * return NULL on error.
- * The return string shall be freed by the caller.
- */
-static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
-{
- size_t size = 1024;
-
- while (true) {
- ssize_t nchars;
- char *buffer = (char *) malloc (size);
- if (NULL == buffer) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- nchars = readlink (filename, buffer, size);
-
- if (nchars < 0) {
- free(buffer);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if ((size_t) nchars < size) { /* The buffer was large enough */
- /* readlink does not nul-terminate */
- buffer[nchars] = '\0';
- return buffer;
- }
-
- /* Try again with a bigger buffer */
- free (buffer);
- size *= 2;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_symlink - copy a symlink
- *
- * Copy a symlink from src to dst.
- *
- * statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- * the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_symlink (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- unused bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- char *oldlink;
-
- /* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
- assert (NULL != src_orig);
- assert (NULL != dst_orig);
-
- /*
- * Get the name of the file which the link points
- * to. If that name begins with the original
- * source directory name, that part of the link
- * name will be replaced with the original
- * destination directory name.
- */
-
- oldlink = readlink_malloc (src->full_path);
- if (NULL == oldlink) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* If src was a link to an entry of the src_orig directory itself,
- * create a link to the corresponding entry in the dst_orig
- * directory.
- */
- if (strncmp (oldlink, src_orig, strlen (src_orig)) == 0) {
- size_t len = strlen (dst_orig) + strlen (oldlink) - strlen (src_orig) + 1;
- char *dummy = (char *) xmalloc (len);
- (void) snprintf (dummy, len, "%s%s",
- dst_orig,
- oldlink + strlen (src_orig));
- free (oldlink);
- oldlink = dummy;
- }
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
- if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFLNK) != 0) {
- free (oldlink);
- return -1;
- }
-#endif /* WITH_SELINUX */
- if ( (symlinkat (oldlink, dst->dirfd, dst->name) != 0)
- || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)) {
- /* FIXME: there are no modes on symlinks, right?
- * ACL could be copied, but this would be much more
- * complex than calling perm_copy_file.
- * Ditto for Extended Attributes.
- * We currently only document that ACL and Extended
- * Attributes are not copied.
- */
- free (oldlink);
- return -1;
- }
- free (oldlink);
-
- if (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_hardlink - copy a hardlink
- *
- * Copy a hardlink from src to dst.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_hardlink (const struct path_info *dst,
- unused bool reset_selinux,
- struct link_name *lp)
-{
- /* FIXME: selinux, ACL, Extended Attributes needed? */
-
- if (linkat (AT_FDCWD, lp->ln_name, dst->dirfd, dst->name, 0) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* If the file could be unlinked, decrement the links counter,
- * and forget about this link if it was the last reference */
- lp->ln_count--;
- if (lp->ln_count <= 0) {
- remove_link (lp);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_special - copy a special file
- *
- * Copy a special file from src to dst.
- *
- * statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- * the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_special (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- int err = 0;
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
- if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, statp->st_mode & S_IFMT) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-#endif /* WITH_SELINUX */
-
- if ( (mknodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & ~07777U, statp->st_rdev) != 0)
- || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
- || (fchmodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & 07777, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
- || ( (perm_copy_path (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
- && (errno != 0))
-#endif /* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
- /*
- * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
- * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
- * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
- * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
- * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
- */
- || ( !reset_selinux
- && (attr_copy_path (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
- && (errno != 0))
-#endif /* WITH_ATTR */
- || (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)) {
- err = -1;
- }
-
- return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * full_write - write entire buffer
- *
- * Write up to count bytes from the buffer starting at buf to the
- * file referred to by the file descriptor fd.
- * Retry in case of a short write.
- *
- * Returns the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static ssize_t full_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) {
- ssize_t written = 0;
-
- while (count > 0) {
- ssize_t res;
-
- res = write(fd, buf, count);
- if (res < 0) {
- if (errno == EINTR) {
- continue;
- }
-
- return res;
- }
-
- if (res == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- written += res;
- buf = (const unsigned char*)buf + res;
- count -= (size_t)res;
- }
-
- return written;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_file - copy a file
- *
- * Copy a file from src to dst.
- *
- * statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- * the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_file (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
- bool reset_selinux,
- const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- int err = 0;
- int ifd;
- int ofd;
-
- ifd = openat (src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY|O_NOFOLLOW|O_CLOEXEC);
- if (ifd < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
- if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFREG) != 0) {
- (void) close (ifd);
- return -1;
- }
-#endif /* WITH_SELINUX */
- ofd = openat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_TRUNC | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC, 0600);
- if ( (ofd < 0)
- || (fchown_if_needed (ofd, statp,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
- || (fchmod (ofd, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
- || ( (perm_copy_fd (src->full_path, ifd, dst->full_path, ofd, &ctx) != 0)
- && (errno != 0))
-#endif /* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
- /*
- * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
- * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
- * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
- * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
- * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
- */
- || ( !reset_selinux
- && (attr_copy_fd (src->full_path, ifd, dst->full_path, ofd, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
- && (errno != 0))
-#endif /* WITH_ATTR */
- ) {
- if (ofd >= 0) {
- (void) close (ofd);
- }
- (void) close (ifd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- while (true) {
- char buf[8192];
- ssize_t cnt;
-
- cnt = read (ifd, buf, sizeof buf);
- if (cnt < 0) {
- if (errno == EINTR) {
- continue;
- }
- (void) close (ofd);
- (void) close (ifd);
- return -1;
- }
- if (cnt == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (full_write (ofd, buf, (size_t)cnt) < 0) {
- (void) close (ofd);
- (void) close (ifd);
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- (void) close (ifd);
- if (close (ofd) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- return err;
-}
-
-#define def_chown_if_needed(chown_function, type_dst) \
-static int chown_function ## _if_needed (type_dst dst, \
- const struct stat *statp, \
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, \
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid) \
-{ \
- uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1; \
- gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1; \
- \
- /* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was \
- * owned by the user. */ \
- if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) { \
- tmpuid = new_uid; \
- } \
- /* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same \
- * owner. */ \
- if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) { \
- tmpuid = statp->st_uid; \
- } \
- \
- if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) { \
- tmpgid = new_gid; \
- } \
- if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) { \
- tmpgid = statp->st_gid; \
- } \
- \
- return chown_function (dst, tmpuid, tmpgid); \
-}
-
-def_chown_if_needed (fchown, int)
-
-static int chownat_if_needed (const struct path_info *dst,
- const struct stat *statp,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
- gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
-
- /* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was
- * owned by the user. */
- if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) {
- tmpuid = new_uid;
- }
- /* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same
- * owner. */
- if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) {
- tmpuid = statp->st_uid;
- }
-
- if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) {
- tmpgid = new_gid;
- }
- if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) {
- tmpgid = statp->st_gid;
- }
-
- return fchownat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, tmpuid, tmpgid, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_tree - copy files in a directory tree
- *
- * copy_tree() walks a directory tree and copies ordinary files
- * as it goes.
- *
- * When reset_selinux is enabled, extended attributes (and thus
- * SELinux attributes) are not copied.
- *
- * old_uid and new_uid are used to set the ownership of the copied
- * files. Unless old_uid is set to -1, only the files owned by
- * old_uid have their ownership changed to new_uid. In addition, if
- * new_uid is set to -1, no ownership will be changed.
- *
- * The same logic applies for the group-ownership and
- * old_gid/new_gid.
- */
-int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
- bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
- uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
- gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
- const struct path_info src = {
- .full_path = src_root,
- .dirfd = AT_FDCWD,
- .name = src_root
- };
- const struct path_info dst = {
- .full_path = dst_root,
- .dirfd = AT_FDCWD,
- .name = dst_root
- };
-
- return copy_tree_impl(&src, &dst, copy_root, reset_selinux,
- old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/date_to_str.c b/libmisc/date_to_str.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 07e99f1..0000000
--- a/libmisc/date_to_str.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2021, Alejandro Colomar <alx.manpages@gmail.com>
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
- * endorse or promote products derived from this software without
- * specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
- * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
- * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-void date_to_str (size_t size, char buf[size], long date)
-{
- time_t t;
-
- t = date;
- if (date < 0)
- (void) strncpy (buf, "never", size);
- else
- (void) strftime (buf, size, "%Y-%m-%d", gmtime (&t));
- buf[size - 1] = '\0';
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/entry.c b/libmisc/entry.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 87f5754..0000000
--- a/libmisc/entry.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-
-void pw_entry (const char *name, struct passwd *pwent)
-{
- struct passwd *passwd;
-
- struct spwd *spwd;
-
- if (!(passwd = getpwnam (name))) { /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
- pwent->pw_name = (char *) 0;
- return;
- } else {
- pwent->pw_name = xstrdup (passwd->pw_name);
- pwent->pw_uid = passwd->pw_uid;
- pwent->pw_gid = passwd->pw_gid;
- pwent->pw_gecos = xstrdup (passwd->pw_gecos);
- pwent->pw_dir = xstrdup (passwd->pw_dir);
- pwent->pw_shell = xstrdup (passwd->pw_shell);
-#if !defined(AUTOSHADOW)
- /* local, no need for xgetspnam */
- if ((spwd = getspnam (name))) {
- pwent->pw_passwd = xstrdup (spwd->sp_pwdp);
- return;
- }
-#endif
- pwent->pw_passwd = xstrdup (passwd->pw_passwd);
- }
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/env.c b/libmisc/env.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fc6dbce..0000000
--- a/libmisc/env.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-/*
- * NEWENVP_STEP must be a power of two. This is the number
- * of (char *) pointers to allocate at a time, to avoid using
- * realloc() too often.
- */
-#define NEWENVP_STEP 16
-size_t newenvc = 0;
-/*@null@*/char **newenvp = NULL;
-extern char **environ;
-
-static const char *const forbid[] = {
- "_RLD_=",
- "BASH_ENV=", /* GNU creeping featurism strikes again... */
- "ENV=",
- "HOME=",
- "IFS=",
- "KRB_CONF=",
- "LD_", /* anything with the LD_ prefix */
- "LIBPATH=",
- "MAIL=",
- "NLSPATH=",
- "PATH=",
- "SHELL=",
- "SHLIB_PATH=",
- (char *) 0
-};
-
-/* these are allowed, but with no slashes inside
- (to work around security problems in GNU gettext) */
-static const char *const noslash[] = {
- "LANG=",
- "LANGUAGE=",
- "LC_", /* anything with the LC_ prefix */
- (char *) 0
-};
-
-/*
- * initenv() must be called once before using addenv().
- */
-void initenv (void)
-{
- newenvp = (char **) xmalloc (NEWENVP_STEP * sizeof (char *));
- *newenvp = NULL;
-}
-
-
-void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)
-{
- char *cp, *newstring;
- size_t i;
- size_t n;
-
- if (NULL != value) {
- size_t len = strlen (string) + strlen (value) + 2;
- int wlen;
- newstring = xmalloc (len);
- wlen = snprintf (newstring, len, "%s=%s", string, value);
- assert (wlen == (int) len -1);
- } else {
- newstring = xstrdup (string);
- }
-
- /*
- * Search for a '=' character within the string and if none is found
- * just ignore the whole string.
- */
-
- cp = strchr (newstring, '=');
- if (NULL == cp) {
- free (newstring);
- return;
- }
-
- n = (size_t) (cp - newstring);
-
- /*
- * If this environment variable is already set, change its value.
- */
- for (i = 0; i < newenvc; i++) {
- if ( (strncmp (newstring, newenvp[i], n) == 0)
- && (('=' == newenvp[i][n]) || ('\0' == newenvp[i][n]))) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (i < newenvc) {
- free (newenvp[i]);
- newenvp[i] = newstring;
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Otherwise, save the new environment variable
- */
- newenvp[newenvc++] = newstring;
-
- /*
- * And extend the environment if needed.
- */
-
- /*
- * Check whether newenvc is a multiple of NEWENVP_STEP.
- * If so we have to resize the vector.
- * the expression (newenvc & (NEWENVP_STEP - 1)) == 0
- * is equal to (newenvc % NEWENVP_STEP) == 0
- * as long as NEWENVP_STEP is a power of 2.
- */
-
- if ((newenvc & (NEWENVP_STEP - 1)) == 0) {
- char **__newenvp;
- size_t newsize;
-
- /*
- * If the resize operation succeeds we can
- * happily go on, else print a message.
- */
-
- newsize = (newenvc + NEWENVP_STEP) * sizeof (char *);
- __newenvp = (char **) realloc (newenvp, newsize);
-
- if (NULL != __newenvp) {
- /*
- * If this is our current environment, update
- * environ so that it doesn't point to some
- * free memory area (realloc() could move it).
- */
- if (environ == newenvp) {
- environ = __newenvp;
- }
- newenvp = __newenvp;
- } else {
- (void) fputs (_("Environment overflow\n"), log_get_logfd());
- newenvc--;
- free (newenvp[newenvc]);
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * The last entry of newenvp must be NULL
- */
-
- newenvp[newenvc] = NULL;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * set_env - copy command line arguments into the environment
- */
-void set_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
- int noname = 1;
- char variable[1024];
- char *cp;
-
- for (; argc > 0; argc--, argv++) {
- if (strlen (*argv) >= sizeof variable) {
- continue; /* ignore long entries */
- }
-
- cp = strchr (*argv, '=');
- if (NULL == cp) {
- int wlen;
- wlen = snprintf (variable, sizeof variable, "L%d", noname);
- assert (wlen < (int) sizeof(variable));
- noname++;
- addenv (variable, *argv);
- } else {
- const char *const *p;
-
- for (p = forbid; NULL != *p; p++) {
- if (strncmp (*argv, *p, strlen (*p)) == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (NULL != *p) {
- strncpy (variable, *argv, (size_t)(cp - *argv));
- variable[cp - *argv] = '\0';
- printf (_("You may not change $%s\n"),
- variable);
- continue;
- }
-
- addenv (*argv, NULL);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * sanitize_env - remove some nasty environment variables
- * If you fall into a total paranoia, you should call this
- * function for any root-setuid program or anything the user
- * might change the environment with. 99% useless as almost
- * all modern Unixes will handle setuid executables properly,
- * but... I feel better with that silly precaution. -j.
- */
-
-void sanitize_env (void)
-{
- char **envp = environ;
- const char *const *bad;
- char **cur;
- char **move;
-
- for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
- for (bad = forbid; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
- if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) == 0) {
- for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
- *move = *(move + 1);
- }
- cur--;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
- for (bad = noslash; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
- if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
- if (strchr (*cur, '/') == NULL) {
- continue; /* OK */
- }
- for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
- *move = *(move + 1);
- }
- cur--;
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/failure.c b/libmisc/failure.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1aab299..0000000
--- a/libmisc/failure.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2002 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "faillog.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "failure.h"
-#define YEAR (365L*DAY)
-/*
- * failure - make failure entry
- *
- * failure() creates a new (struct faillog) entry or updates an
- * existing one with the current failed login information.
- */
-void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
-{
- int fd;
- off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
-
- /*
- * Don't do anything if failure logging isn't set up.
- */
-
- if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
- if (fd < 0) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
- (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * The file is indexed by UID value meaning that shared UID's
- * share failure log records. That's OK since they really
- * share just about everything else ...
- */
-
- if ( (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
- || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
- /* This is not necessarily a failure. The file is
- * initially zero length.
- *
- * If lseek() or read() failed for any other reason, this
- * might reset the counter. But the new failure will be
- * logged.
- */
- memzero (fl, sizeof *fl);
- }
-
- /*
- * Update the record. We increment the failure count to log the
- * latest failure. The only concern here is overflow, and we'll
- * check for that. The line name and time of day are both
- * updated as well.
- */
-
- if (fl->fail_cnt + 1 > 0) {
- fl->fail_cnt++;
- }
-
- strncpy (fl->fail_line, tty, sizeof (fl->fail_line) - 1);
- (void) time (&fl->fail_time);
-
- /*
- * Seek back to the correct position in the file and write the
- * record out. Ideally we should lock the file in case the same
- * account is being logged simultaneously. But the risk doesn't
- * seem that great.
- */
-
- if ( (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
- || (write (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)
- || (close (fd) != 0)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
- (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
- (void) close (fd);
- }
-}
-
-static bool too_many_failures (const struct faillog *fl)
-{
- time_t now;
-
- if ((0 == fl->fail_max) || (fl->fail_cnt < fl->fail_max)) {
- return false;
- }
-
- if (0 == fl->fail_locktime) {
- return true; /* locked until reset manually */
- }
-
- (void) time (&now);
- if ((fl->fail_time + fl->fail_locktime) < now) {
- return false; /* enough time since last failure */
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- * failcheck - check for failures > allowable
- *
- * failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated. If the
- * account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
- * returns 0 to indicate that the login should be denied even though
- * the password is valid.
- *
- * failed indicates if the login failed AFTER the password has been
- * validated.
- */
-
-int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed)
-{
- int fd;
- struct faillog fail;
- off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
-
- /*
- * Suppress the check if the log file isn't there.
- */
-
- if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
- return 1;
- }
-
- fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, failed?O_RDONLY:O_RDWR);
- if (fd < 0) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't open the faillog file (%s) to check UID %lu. "
- "User access authorized.",
- FAILLOG_FILE, (unsigned long) uid));
- return 1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Get the record from the file and determine if the user has
- * exceeded the failure limit. If "max" is zero, any number
- * of failures are permitted. Only when "max" is non-zero and
- * "cnt" is greater than or equal to "max" is the account
- * considered to be locked.
- *
- * If read fails, there is no record for this user yet (the
- * file is initially zero length and extended by writes), so
- * no need to reset the count.
- */
-
- if ( (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
- || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
- (void) close (fd);
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (too_many_failures (fl)) {
- (void) close (fd);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * The record is updated if this is not a failure. The count will
- * be reset to zero, but the rest of the information will be left
- * in the record in case someone wants to see where the failed
- * login originated.
- */
-
- if (!failed) {
- fail = *fl;
- fail.fail_cnt = 0;
-
- if ( (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
- || (write (fd, (const void *) &fail, sizeof fail) != (ssize_t) sizeof fail)
- || (close (fd) != 0)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't reset faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
- (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
- (void) close (fd);
- }
- } else {
- (void) close (fd);
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * failprint - print line of failure information
- *
- * failprint takes a (struct faillog) entry and formats it into a
- * message which is displayed at login time.
- */
-
-void failprint (const struct faillog *fail)
-{
- struct tm *tp;
- char lasttimeb[256];
- char *lasttime = lasttimeb;
- time_t NOW;
-
- if (0 == fail->fail_cnt) {
- return;
- }
-
- tp = localtime (&(fail->fail_time));
- (void) time (&NOW);
-
- /*
- * Print all information we have.
- */
- (void) strftime (lasttimeb, sizeof lasttimeb, "%c", tp);
-
- /*@-formatconst@*/
- (void) printf (ngettext ("%d failure since last login.\n"
- "Last was %s on %s.\n",
- "%d failures since last login.\n"
- "Last was %s on %s.\n",
- (unsigned long) fail->fail_cnt),
- fail->fail_cnt, lasttime, fail->fail_line);
- /*@=formatconst@*/
-}
-
-/*
- * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
- *
- * failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
- * maintains a record of all login failures.
- */
-
-void failtmp (const char *username,
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
- const struct utmpx *failent
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
- const struct utmp *failent
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
- )
-{
- const char *ftmp;
- int fd;
-
- /*
- * Get the name of the failure file. If no file has been defined
- * in login.defs, don't do this.
- */
-
- ftmp = getdef_str ("FTMP_FILE");
- if (NULL == ftmp) {
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Open the file for append. It must already exist for this
- * feature to be used.
- */
-
- if (access (ftmp, F_OK) != 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- fd = open (ftmp, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND);
- if (-1 == fd) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
- username, ftmp));
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Append the new failure record and close the log file.
- */
-
- if ( (write (fd, (const void *) failent, sizeof *failent) != (ssize_t) sizeof *failent)
- || (close (fd) != 0)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
- username, ftmp));
- (void) close (fd);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/failure.h b/libmisc/failure.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ac30d7..0000000
--- a/libmisc/failure.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/* $Id$ */
-#ifndef _FAILURE_H_
-#define _FAILURE_H_
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "faillog.h"
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
-
-/*
- * failure - make failure entry
- *
- * failure() creates a new (struct faillog) entry or updates an
- * existing one with the current failed login information.
- */
-extern void failure (uid_t, const char *, struct faillog *);
-
-/*
- * failcheck - check for failures > allowable
- *
- * failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated. If the
- * account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
- * returns FALSE to indicate that the login should be denied even though
- * the password is valid.
- */
-extern int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed);
-
-/*
- * failprint - print line of failure information
- *
- * failprint takes a (struct faillog) entry and formats it into a
- * message which is displayed at login time.
- */
-extern void failprint (const struct faillog *);
-
-/*
- * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
- *
- * failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
- * maintains a record of all login failures.
- */
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmpx *);
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
-extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmp *);
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_gid.c b/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 65ab5d0..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
- *
- * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
- *
- * 0: The function completed successfully
- * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
- *
- * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
- * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
- */
-static int get_ranges (bool sys_group, gid_t *min_id, gid_t *max_id,
- gid_t *preferred_min)
-{
- gid_t gid_def_max = 0;
-
- if (sys_group) {
- /* System groups */
-
- /* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
- *preferred_min = (gid_t) 1;
-
- /* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
- *min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MIN", 101UL);
-
- /*
- * If SYS_GID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
- * less than the GID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
- */
- gid_def_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
- *max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MAX",
- (unsigned long) gid_def_max);
-
- /* Check that the ranges make sense */
- if (*max_id < *min_id) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_GID_MIN (%lu), "
- "GID_MIN (%lu), SYS_GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
- getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL),
- (unsigned long) *max_id);
- return EINVAL;
- }
- /*
- * Zero is reserved for root and the allocation algorithm does not
- * work right with it.
- */
- if (*min_id == 0) {
- *min_id = (gid_t) 1;
- }
- } else {
- /* Non-system groups */
-
- /* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
- *min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL);
- *max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MAX", 60000UL);
-
- /*
- * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
- * for non-system groups.
- */
- *preferred_min = *min_id;
-
- /* Check that the ranges make sense */
- if (*max_id < *min_id) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Invalid configuration: GID_MIN (%lu), "
- "GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
- (unsigned long) *max_id);
- return EINVAL;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * check_gid - See if the requested GID is available
- *
- * On success, return 0
- * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
- * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
- * In other cases, return errno from getgrgid()
- */
-static int check_gid (const gid_t gid,
- const gid_t gid_min,
- const gid_t gid_max,
- const bool *used_gids)
-{
- /* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
- if (gid < gid_min || gid > gid_max) {
- return ERANGE;
- }
-
- /*
- * Check whether we already detected this GID
- * using the gr_next() loop
- */
- if (used_gids != NULL && used_gids[gid]) {
- return EEXIST;
- }
- /* Check if the GID exists according to NSS */
- errno = 0;
- if (prefix_getgrgid (gid) != NULL) {
- return EEXIST;
- } else {
- /* getgrgid() was NULL
- * we have to ignore errors as temporary
- * failures of remote user identity services
- * would completely block user/group creation
- */
- }
-
- /* If we've made it here, the GID must be available */
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * find_new_gid - Find a new unused GID.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_gid provides an unused group ID in the
- * [GID_MIN:GID_MAX] range.
- * This ID should be higher than all the used GID, but if not possible,
- * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_gid (bool sys_group,
- gid_t *gid,
- /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid)
-{
- bool *used_gids;
- const struct group *grp;
- gid_t gid_min, gid_max, preferred_min;
- gid_t id;
- gid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
- int result;
- int nospam = 0;
-
- assert(gid != NULL);
-
- /*
- * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
- * automatic assignment
- */
- result = get_ranges (sys_group, &gid_min, &gid_max, &preferred_min);
- if (result == EINVAL) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Check if the preferred GID is available */
- if (preferred_gid) {
- result = check_gid (*preferred_gid, preferred_min, gid_max, NULL);
- if (result == 0) {
- /*
- * Make sure the GID isn't queued for use already
- */
- if (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL) {
- *gid = *preferred_gid;
- return 0;
- }
- /*
- * gr_locate_gid() found the GID in an as-yet uncommitted
- * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set a GID.
- */
- } else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
- /*
- * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
- * treat these two cases differently.
- */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
- * this and fail the group creation.
- * This differs from the automatic creation
- * behavior below, since if a specific GID was
- * requested and generated an error, the user is
- * more likely to want to stop and address the
- * issue.
- */
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
- "preferred GID: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Search the entire group file,
- * looking for the next unused value.
- *
- * We first check the local database with gr_rewind/gr_next to find
- * all local values that are in use.
- *
- * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
- * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
- * values beyond the lowest (system groups) or highest (non-system
- * groups), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
- * deleted group (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
- * access to files belonging to that former group).
- *
- * If there are no GIDs available at the end of the search, we will
- * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
- *
- */
-
- /* Create an array to hold all of the discovered GIDs */
- used_gids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (gid_max +1));
- if (NULL == used_gids) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
- return -1;
- }
- memset (used_gids, false, sizeof (bool) * (gid_max + 1));
-
- /* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
- (void) gr_rewind ();
- highest_found = gid_min;
- lowest_found = gid_max;
- while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
- /*
- * Does this entry have a lower GID than the lowest we've found
- * so far?
- */
- if ((grp->gr_gid <= lowest_found) && (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min)) {
- lowest_found = grp->gr_gid - 1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Does this entry have a higher GID than the highest we've found
- * so far?
- */
- if ((grp->gr_gid >= highest_found) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
- highest_found = grp->gr_gid + 1;
- }
-
- /* create index of used GIDs */
- if (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min
- && grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
-
- used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (sys_group) {
- /*
- * For system groups, we want to start from the
- * top of the range and work downwards.
- */
-
- /*
- * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
- * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MIN - 1.
- */
- if (lowest_found < gid_min) {
- /*
- * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MIN.
- *
- * We will reset the search to GID_MAX and proceed down
- * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
- * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
- * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
- * so administrators should be instructed to use this
- * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
- * explicitly).
- */
- lowest_found = gid_max;
- }
-
- /* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
- for (id = lowest_found; id >= gid_min; id--) {
- result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This GID is available. Return it. */
- *gid = id;
- free (used_gids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available GIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MAX,
- * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
- * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
- * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
- * GID_MAX - 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
- * network services such as LDAP.)
- */
- if (lowest_found != gid_max) {
- for (id = gid_max; id >= gid_min; id--) {
- result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This GID is available. Return it. */
- *gid = id;
- free (used_gids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available GIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
- }
- } else { /* !sys_group */
- /*
- * For non-system groups, we want to start from the
- * bottom of the range and work upwards.
- */
-
- /*
- * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
- * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MAX + 1.
- */
- if (highest_found > gid_max) {
- /*
- * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MAX.
- *
- * We will reset the search to GID_MIN and proceed up
- * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
- * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
- * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
- * so administrators should be instructed to use this
- * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
- * explicitly).
- */
- highest_found = gid_min;
- }
-
- /* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
- for (id = highest_found; id <= gid_max; id++) {
- result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This GID is available. Return it. */
- *gid = id;
- free (used_gids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available GIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MIN,
- * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
- * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
- * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
- * GID_MIN + 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
- * network services such as LDAP.)
- */
- if (highest_found != gid_min) {
- for (id = gid_min; id <= gid_max; id++) {
- result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This GID is available. Return it. */
- *gid = id;
- free (used_gids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available GIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available GIDs on the system"));
- free (used_gids);
- return -1;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c b/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bbd4570..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2012 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * find_new_sub_gids - Find a new unused range of GIDs.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_sub_gids provides a range of unused
- * user IDs in the [SUB_GID_MIN:SUB_GID_MAX] range.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_sub_gids (gid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
-{
- unsigned long min, max;
- unsigned long count;
- gid_t start;
-
- assert (range_start != NULL);
- assert (range_count != NULL);
-
- min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MIN", 100000UL);
- max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MAX", 600100000UL);
- count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_COUNT", 65536);
-
- if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_GID_MIN (%lu),"
- " SUB_GID_MAX (%lu), SUB_GID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), min, max, count);
- return -1;
- }
-
- start = sub_gid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
- if (start == (gid_t)-1) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate GID range\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate GIDs on the system"));
- return -1;
- }
- *range_start = start;
- *range_count = count;
- return 0;
-}
-#else /* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c b/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a86b311..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2012 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * find_new_sub_uids - Find a new unused range of UIDs.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_sub_uids provides a range of unused
- * user IDs in the [SUB_UID_MIN:SUB_UID_MAX] range.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_sub_uids (uid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
-{
- unsigned long min, max;
- unsigned long count;
- uid_t start;
-
- assert (range_start != NULL);
- assert (range_count != NULL);
-
- min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MIN", 100000UL);
- max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MAX", 600100000UL);
- count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_COUNT", 65536);
-
- if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_UID_MIN (%lu),"
- " SUB_UID_MAX (%lu), SUB_UID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), min, max, count);
- return -1;
- }
-
- start = sub_uid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
- if (start == (uid_t)-1) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate UID range\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate UIDs on the system"));
- return -1;
- }
- *range_start = start;
- *range_count = count;
- return 0;
-}
-#else /* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_uid.c b/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f7e74b..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
- *
- * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
- *
- * 0: The function completed successfully
- * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
- *
- * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
- * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
- */
-static int get_ranges (bool sys_user, uid_t *min_id, uid_t *max_id,
- uid_t *preferred_min)
-{
- uid_t uid_def_max = 0;
-
- if (sys_user) {
- /* System users */
-
- /* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
- *preferred_min = (uid_t) 1;
-
- /* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
- *min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MIN", 101UL);
-
- /*
- * If SYS_UID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
- * less than the UID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
- */
- uid_def_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
- *max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MAX",
- (unsigned long) uid_def_max);
-
- /* Check that the ranges make sense */
- if (*max_id < *min_id) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_UID_MIN (%lu), "
- "UID_MIN (%lu), SYS_UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
- getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL),
- (unsigned long) *max_id);
- return EINVAL;
- }
- /*
- * Zero is reserved for root and the allocation algorithm does not
- * work right with it.
- */
- if (*min_id == 0) {
- *min_id = (uid_t) 1;
- }
- } else {
- /* Non-system users */
-
- /* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
- *min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL);
- *max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MAX", 60000UL);
-
- /*
- * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
- * for non-system users.
- */
- *preferred_min = *min_id;
-
- /* Check that the ranges make sense */
- if (*max_id < *min_id) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Invalid configuration: UID_MIN (%lu), "
- "UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
- (unsigned long) *max_id);
- return EINVAL;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * check_uid - See if the requested UID is available
- *
- * On success, return 0
- * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
- * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
- * In other cases, return errno from getpwuid()
- */
-static int check_uid(const uid_t uid,
- const uid_t uid_min,
- const uid_t uid_max,
- const bool *used_uids)
-{
- /* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
- if (uid < uid_min || uid > uid_max) {
- return ERANGE;
- }
-
- /*
- * Check whether we already detected this UID
- * using the pw_next() loop
- */
- if (used_uids != NULL && used_uids[uid]) {
- return EEXIST;
- }
- /* Check if the UID exists according to NSS */
- errno = 0;
- if (prefix_getpwuid(uid) != NULL) {
- return EEXIST;
- } else {
- /* getpwuid() was NULL
- * we have to ignore errors as temporary
- * failures of remote user identity services
- * would completely block user/group creation
- */
- }
-
- /* If we've made it here, the UID must be available */
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * find_new_uid - Find a new unused UID.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_uid provides an unused user ID in the
- * [UID_MIN:UID_MAX] range.
- * This ID should be higher than all the used UID, but if not possible,
- * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_uid(bool sys_user,
- uid_t *uid,
- /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid)
-{
- bool *used_uids;
- const struct passwd *pwd;
- uid_t uid_min, uid_max, preferred_min;
- uid_t id;
- uid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
- int result;
- int nospam = 0;
-
- assert (uid != NULL);
-
- /*
- * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
- * automatic assignment
- */
- result = get_ranges (sys_user, &uid_min, &uid_max, &preferred_min);
- if (result == EINVAL) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Check if the preferred UID is available */
- if (preferred_uid) {
- result = check_uid (*preferred_uid, preferred_min, uid_max, NULL);
- if (result == 0) {
- /*
- * Make sure the UID isn't queued for use already
- */
- if (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL) {
- *uid = *preferred_uid;
- return 0;
- }
- /*
- * pw_locate_uid() found the UID in an as-yet uncommitted
- * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set an UID.
- */
- } else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
- /*
- * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
- * treat these two cases differently.
- */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
- * this and fail the user creation.
- * This differs from the automatic creation
- * behavior below, since if a specific UID was
- * requested and generated an error, the user is
- * more likely to want to stop and address the
- * issue.
- */
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
- "preferred UID: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Search the entire passwd file,
- * looking for the next unused value.
- *
- * We first check the local database with pw_rewind/pw_next to find
- * all local values that are in use.
- *
- * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
- * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
- * values beyond the lowest (system users) or highest (non-system
- * users), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
- * deleted user (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
- * access to files belonging to that former user).
- *
- * If there are no UIDs available at the end of the search, we will
- * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
- *
- */
-
- /* Create an array to hold all of the discovered UIDs */
- used_uids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (uid_max +1));
- if (NULL == used_uids) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
- return -1;
- }
- memset (used_uids, false, sizeof (bool) * (uid_max + 1));
-
- /* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
- (void) pw_rewind ();
- highest_found = uid_min;
- lowest_found = uid_max;
- while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
- /*
- * Does this entry have a lower UID than the lowest we've found
- * so far?
- */
- if ((pwd->pw_uid <= lowest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min)) {
- lowest_found = pwd->pw_uid - 1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Does this entry have a higher UID than the highest we've found
- * so far?
- */
- if ((pwd->pw_uid >= highest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
- highest_found = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
- }
-
- /* create index of used UIDs */
- if (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min
- && pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
-
- used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (sys_user) {
- /*
- * For system users, we want to start from the
- * top of the range and work downwards.
- */
-
- /*
- * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
- * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MIN - 1.
- */
- if (lowest_found < uid_min) {
- /*
- * In this case, an UID is in use at UID_MIN.
- *
- * We will reset the search to UID_MAX and proceed down
- * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
- * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
- * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
- * so administrators should be instructed to use this
- * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
- * explicitly).
- */
- lowest_found = uid_max;
- }
-
- /* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
- for (id = lowest_found; id >= uid_min; id--) {
- result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This UID is available. Return it. */
- *uid = id;
- free (used_uids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available UIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MAX,
- * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
- * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
- * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
- * UID_MAX - 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
- * network services such as LDAP.)
- */
- if (lowest_found != uid_max) {
- for (id = uid_max; id >= uid_min; id--) {
- result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This UID is available. Return it. */
- *uid = id;
- free (used_uids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available UIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
- }
- } else { /* !sys_user */
- /*
- * For non-system users, we want to start from the
- * bottom of the range and work upwards.
- */
-
- /*
- * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
- * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MAX + 1.
- */
- if (highest_found > uid_max) {
- /*
- * In this case, a UID is in use at UID_MAX.
- *
- * We will reset the search to UID_MIN and proceed up
- * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
- * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
- * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
- * so administrators should be instructed to use this
- * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
- * explicitly).
- */
- highest_found = uid_min;
- }
-
- /* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
- for (id = highest_found; id <= uid_max; id++) {
- result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This UID is available. Return it. */
- *uid = id;
- free (used_uids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available UIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MIN,
- * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
- * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
- * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
- * UID_MIN + 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
- * network services such as LDAP.)
- */
- if (highest_found != uid_min) {
- for (id = uid_min; id <= uid_max; id++) {
- result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
- if (result == 0) {
- /* This UID is available. Return it. */
- *uid = id;
- free (used_uids);
- return 0;
- } else if (result == EEXIST) {
- /* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
- } else {
- /*
- * An unexpected error occurred.
- *
- * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
- * the logs
- *
- */
- if (!nospam) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
- "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "Error checking available UIDs: %s",
- strerror (result)));
- nospam = 1;
- }
- /*
- * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
- * will work properly.
- */
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available UIDs on the system"));
- free (used_uids);
- return -1;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.c b/libmisc/getdate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fc17c18..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getdate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2540 +0,0 @@
-/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.8.2. */
-
-/* Bison implementation for Yacc-like parsers in C
-
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
- Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-
-/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
- part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
- under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
- parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
- as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
- the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
- special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
- Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
- License without this special exception.
-
- This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
- version 2.2 of Bison. */
-
-/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by
- simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */
-
-/* DO NOT RELY ON FEATURES THAT ARE NOT DOCUMENTED in the manual,
- especially those whose name start with YY_ or yy_. They are
- private implementation details that can be changed or removed. */
-
-/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
- infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
- variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
- There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
- define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
- USER NAME SPACE" below. */
-
-/* Identify Bison output, and Bison version. */
-#define YYBISON 30802
-
-/* Bison version string. */
-#define YYBISON_VERSION "3.8.2"
-
-/* Skeleton name. */
-#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
-
-/* Pure parsers. */
-#define YYPURE 0
-
-/* Push parsers. */
-#define YYPUSH 0
-
-/* Pull parsers. */
-#define YYPULL 1
-
-
-
-
-/* First part of user prologue. */
-#line 1 "getdate.y"
-
-/*
-** Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
-** at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Later tweaked by
-** a couple of people on Usenet. Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
-** <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
-**
-** This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
-**
-** This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
-# include <alloca.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
- itself, there is no need to #define static in this file. Even if
- the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
- wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
- problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
- think this code needs to do. */
-#ifdef emacs
-# undef static
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include "getdate.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
- That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
- to redefine it here. */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
- as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
- yacc generated parsers in the same program. Note that these are only
- the variables produced by yacc. If other parser generators (bison,
- byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
- then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
- names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth gd_maxdepth
-#define yyparse gd_parse
-#define yylex gd_lex
-#define yyerror gd_error
-#define yylval gd_lval
-#define yychar gd_char
-#define yydebug gd_debug
-#define yypact gd_pact
-#define yyr1 gd_r1
-#define yyr2 gd_r2
-#define yydef gd_def
-#define yychk gd_chk
-#define yypgo gd_pgo
-#define yyact gd_act
-#define yyexca gd_exca
-#define yyerrflag gd_errflag
-#define yynerrs gd_nerrs
-#define yyps gd_ps
-#define yypv gd_pv
-#define yys gd_s
-#define yy_yys gd_yys
-#define yystate gd_state
-#define yytmp gd_tmp
-#define yyv gd_v
-#define yy_yyv gd_yyv
-#define yyval gd_val
-#define yylloc gd_lloc
-#define yyreds gd_reds /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks gd_toks /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs gd_yylhs
-#define yylen gd_yylen
-#define yydefred gd_yydefred
-#define yydgoto gd_yydgoto
-#define yysindex gd_yysindex
-#define yyrindex gd_yyrindex
-#define yygindex gd_yygindex
-#define yytable gd_yytable
-#define yycheck gd_yycheck
-
-static int yylex (void);
-static int yyerror (const char *s);
-
-#define EPOCH 1970
-#define HOUR(x) ((x) * 60)
-
-#define MAX_BUFF_LEN 128 /* size of buffer to read the date into */
-
-/*
-** An entry in the lexical lookup table.
-*/
-typedef struct _TABLE {
- const char *name;
- int type;
- int value;
-} TABLE;
-
-
-/*
-** Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
-*/
-typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
- MERam, MERpm, MER24
-} MERIDIAN;
-
-
-/*
-** Global variables. We could get rid of most of these by using a good
-** union as the yacc stack. (This routine was originally written before
-** yacc had the %union construct.) Maybe someday; right now we only use
-** the %union very rarely.
-*/
-static const char *yyInput;
-static int yyDayOrdinal;
-static int yyDayNumber;
-static int yyHaveDate;
-static int yyHaveDay;
-static int yyHaveRel;
-static int yyHaveTime;
-static int yyHaveZone;
-static int yyTimezone;
-static int yyDay;
-static int yyHour;
-static int yyMinutes;
-static int yyMonth;
-static int yySeconds;
-static int yyYear;
-static MERIDIAN yyMeridian;
-static int yyRelDay;
-static int yyRelHour;
-static int yyRelMinutes;
-static int yyRelMonth;
-static int yyRelSeconds;
-static int yyRelYear;
-
-
-#line 219 "getdate.c"
-
-# ifndef YY_CAST
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-# define YY_CAST(Type, Val) static_cast<Type> (Val)
-# define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) reinterpret_cast<Type> (Val)
-# else
-# define YY_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
-# define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
-# if defined __cplusplus
-# if 201103L <= __cplusplus
-# define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
-# else
-# define YY_NULLPTR 0
-# endif
-# else
-# define YY_NULLPTR ((void*)0)
-# endif
-# endif
-
-
-/* Debug traces. */
-#ifndef YYDEBUG
-# define YYDEBUG 0
-#endif
-#if YYDEBUG
-extern int yydebug;
-#endif
-
-/* Token kinds. */
-#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
-# define YYTOKENTYPE
- enum yytokentype
- {
- YYEMPTY = -2,
- YYEOF = 0, /* "end of file" */
- YYerror = 256, /* error */
- YYUNDEF = 257, /* "invalid token" */
- tAGO = 258, /* tAGO */
- tDAY = 259, /* tDAY */
- tDAY_UNIT = 260, /* tDAY_UNIT */
- tDAYZONE = 261, /* tDAYZONE */
- tDST = 262, /* tDST */
- tHOUR_UNIT = 263, /* tHOUR_UNIT */
- tID = 264, /* tID */
- tMERIDIAN = 265, /* tMERIDIAN */
- tMINUTE_UNIT = 266, /* tMINUTE_UNIT */
- tMONTH = 267, /* tMONTH */
- tMONTH_UNIT = 268, /* tMONTH_UNIT */
- tSEC_UNIT = 269, /* tSEC_UNIT */
- tSNUMBER = 270, /* tSNUMBER */
- tUNUMBER = 271, /* tUNUMBER */
- tYEAR_UNIT = 272, /* tYEAR_UNIT */
- tZONE = 273 /* tZONE */
- };
- typedef enum yytokentype yytoken_kind_t;
-#endif
-/* Token kinds. */
-#define YYEMPTY -2
-#define YYEOF 0
-#define YYerror 256
-#define YYUNDEF 257
-#define tAGO 258
-#define tDAY 259
-#define tDAY_UNIT 260
-#define tDAYZONE 261
-#define tDST 262
-#define tHOUR_UNIT 263
-#define tID 264
-#define tMERIDIAN 265
-#define tMINUTE_UNIT 266
-#define tMONTH 267
-#define tMONTH_UNIT 268
-#define tSEC_UNIT 269
-#define tSNUMBER 270
-#define tUNUMBER 271
-#define tYEAR_UNIT 272
-#define tZONE 273
-
-/* Value type. */
-#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
-union YYSTYPE
-{
-#line 149 "getdate.y"
-
- int Number;
- enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
-
-#line 310 "getdate.c"
-
-};
-typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
-#endif
-
-
-extern YYSTYPE yylval;
-
-
-int yyparse (void);
-
-
-
-/* Symbol kind. */
-enum yysymbol_kind_t
-{
- YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY = -2,
- YYSYMBOL_YYEOF = 0, /* "end of file" */
- YYSYMBOL_YYerror = 1, /* error */
- YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF = 2, /* "invalid token" */
- YYSYMBOL_tAGO = 3, /* tAGO */
- YYSYMBOL_tDAY = 4, /* tDAY */
- YYSYMBOL_tDAY_UNIT = 5, /* tDAY_UNIT */
- YYSYMBOL_tDAYZONE = 6, /* tDAYZONE */
- YYSYMBOL_tDST = 7, /* tDST */
- YYSYMBOL_tHOUR_UNIT = 8, /* tHOUR_UNIT */
- YYSYMBOL_tID = 9, /* tID */
- YYSYMBOL_tMERIDIAN = 10, /* tMERIDIAN */
- YYSYMBOL_tMINUTE_UNIT = 11, /* tMINUTE_UNIT */
- YYSYMBOL_tMONTH = 12, /* tMONTH */
- YYSYMBOL_tMONTH_UNIT = 13, /* tMONTH_UNIT */
- YYSYMBOL_tSEC_UNIT = 14, /* tSEC_UNIT */
- YYSYMBOL_tSNUMBER = 15, /* tSNUMBER */
- YYSYMBOL_tUNUMBER = 16, /* tUNUMBER */
- YYSYMBOL_tYEAR_UNIT = 17, /* tYEAR_UNIT */
- YYSYMBOL_tZONE = 18, /* tZONE */
- YYSYMBOL_19_ = 19, /* ':' */
- YYSYMBOL_20_ = 20, /* ',' */
- YYSYMBOL_21_ = 21, /* '/' */
- YYSYMBOL_YYACCEPT = 22, /* $accept */
- YYSYMBOL_spec = 23, /* spec */
- YYSYMBOL_item = 24, /* item */
- YYSYMBOL_time = 25, /* time */
- YYSYMBOL_zone = 26, /* zone */
- YYSYMBOL_day = 27, /* day */
- YYSYMBOL_date = 28, /* date */
- YYSYMBOL_rel = 29, /* rel */
- YYSYMBOL_relunit = 30, /* relunit */
- YYSYMBOL_number = 31, /* number */
- YYSYMBOL_o_merid = 32 /* o_merid */
-};
-typedef enum yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol_kind_t;
-
-
-
-
-#ifdef short
-# undef short
-#endif
-
-/* On compilers that do not define __PTRDIFF_MAX__ etc., make sure
- <limits.h> and (if available) <stdint.h> are included
- so that the code can choose integer types of a good width. */
-
-#ifndef __PTRDIFF_MAX__
-# include <limits.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
-# include <stdint.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YY_STDINT_H
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Narrow types that promote to a signed type and that can represent a
- signed or unsigned integer of at least N bits. In tables they can
- save space and decrease cache pressure. Promoting to a signed type
- helps avoid bugs in integer arithmetic. */
-
-#ifdef __INT_LEAST8_MAX__
-typedef __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_int8;
-#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
-typedef int_least8_t yytype_int8;
-#else
-typedef signed char yytype_int8;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __INT_LEAST16_MAX__
-typedef __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_int16;
-#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
-typedef int_least16_t yytype_int16;
-#else
-typedef short yytype_int16;
-#endif
-
-/* Work around bug in HP-UX 11.23, which defines these macros
- incorrectly for preprocessor constants. This workaround can likely
- be removed in 2023, as HPE has promised support for HP-UX 11.23
- (aka HP-UX 11i v2) only through the end of 2022; see Table 2 of
- <https://h20195.www2.hpe.com/V2/getpdf.aspx/4AA4-7673ENW.pdf>. */
-#ifdef __hpux
-# undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
-# undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX 255
-# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX 65535
-#endif
-
-#if defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
-typedef __UINT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_uint8;
-#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
- && UINT_LEAST8_MAX <= INT_MAX)
-typedef uint_least8_t yytype_uint8;
-#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX
-typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
-#else
-typedef short yytype_uint8;
-#endif
-
-#if defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
-typedef __UINT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_uint16;
-#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
- && UINT_LEAST16_MAX <= INT_MAX)
-typedef uint_least16_t yytype_uint16;
-#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && USHRT_MAX <= INT_MAX
-typedef unsigned short yytype_uint16;
-#else
-typedef int yytype_uint16;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYPTRDIFF_T
-# if defined __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ && defined __PTRDIFF_MAX__
-# define YYPTRDIFF_T __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
-# define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM __PTRDIFF_MAX__
-# elif defined PTRDIFF_MAX
-# ifndef ptrdiff_t
-# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# endif
-# define YYPTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t
-# define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM PTRDIFF_MAX
-# else
-# define YYPTRDIFF_T long
-# define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYSIZE_T
-# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
-# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-# elif defined size_t
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# elif defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
-# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# else
-# define YYSIZE_T unsigned
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM \
- YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T, \
- (YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM < YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1) \
- ? YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM \
- : YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)))
-
-#define YYSIZEOF(X) YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T, sizeof (X))
-
-
-/* Stored state numbers (used for stacks). */
-typedef yytype_int8 yy_state_t;
-
-/* State numbers in computations. */
-typedef int yy_state_fast_t;
-
-#ifndef YY_
-# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
-# if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YY_(Msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", Msgid)
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YY_
-# define YY_(Msgid) Msgid
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (96 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
-# define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
-# else
-# define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
-# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
-# define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
-# else
-# define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */
-#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
-# define YY_USE(E) ((void) (E))
-#else
-# define YY_USE(E) /* empty */
-#endif
-
-/* Suppress an incorrect diagnostic about yylval being uninitialized. */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 406 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__
-# if __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__ < 407
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")
-# else
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"") \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmaybe-uninitialized\"")
-# endif
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
-#else
-# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) Value
-#endif
-#ifndef YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-#endif
-#ifndef YY_INITIAL_VALUE
-# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) /* Nothing. */
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 6 <= __GNUC__
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuseless-cast\"")
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END \
- _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
-#endif
-#ifndef YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
-#endif
-
-
-#define YY_ASSERT(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
-
-#if !defined yyoverflow
-
-/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# ifdef __GNUC__
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
-# elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR
-# include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# elif defined _AIX
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
-# elif defined _MSC_VER
-# include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define alloca _alloca
-# else
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
- /* Use EXIT_SUCCESS as a witness for stdlib.h. */
-# ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
-# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
- /* Pacify GCC's 'empty if-body' warning. */
-# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
-# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
- /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
- and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely
- invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number
- to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
-# endif
-# else
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
-# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
-# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
-# endif
-# if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS \
- && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
- && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
-# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YYMALLOC
-# define YYMALLOC malloc
-# if ! defined malloc && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
-void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YYFREE
-# define YYFREE free
-# if ! defined free && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
-void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined yyoverflow */
-
-#if (! defined yyoverflow \
- && (! defined __cplusplus \
- || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
-
-/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
-union yyalloc
-{
- yy_state_t yyss_alloc;
- YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
-};
-
-/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
-# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (YYSIZEOF (union yyalloc) - 1)
-
-/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
- N elements. */
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (YYSIZEOF (yy_state_t) + YYSIZEOF (YYSTYPE)) \
- + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
-
-# define YYCOPY_NEEDED 1
-
-/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The
- local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
- elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
- stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
- stack. */
-# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack) \
- do \
- { \
- YYPTRDIFF_T yynewbytes; \
- YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize); \
- Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc; \
- yynewbytes = yystacksize * YYSIZEOF (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
- yyptr += yynewbytes / YYSIZEOF (*yyptr); \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined YYCOPY_NEEDED && YYCOPY_NEEDED
-/* Copy COUNT objects from SRC to DST. The source and destination do
- not overlap. */
-# ifndef YYCOPY
-# if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
-# define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \
- __builtin_memcpy (Dst, Src, YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, (Count)) * sizeof (*(Src)))
-# else
-# define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \
- do \
- { \
- YYPTRDIFF_T yyi; \
- for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
- (Dst)[yyi] = (Src)[yyi]; \
- } \
- while (0)
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !YYCOPY_NEEDED */
-
-/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */
-#define YYFINAL 2
-/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */
-#define YYLAST 50
-
-/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */
-#define YYNTOKENS 22
-/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */
-#define YYNNTS 11
-/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */
-#define YYNRULES 51
-/* YYNSTATES -- Number of states. */
-#define YYNSTATES 61
-
-/* YYMAXUTOK -- Last valid token kind. */
-#define YYMAXUTOK 273
-
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE(TOKEN-NUM) -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
- as returned by yylex, with out-of-bounds checking. */
-#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \
- (0 <= (YYX) && (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK \
- ? YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yytranslate[YYX]) \
- : YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF)
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE[TOKEN-NUM] -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
- as returned by yylex. */
-static const yytype_int8 yytranslate[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 20, 2, 2, 21, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 19, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4,
- 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
- 15, 16, 17, 18
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- Source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
-static const yytype_int16 yyrline[] =
-{
- 0, 165, 165, 166, 169, 172, 175, 178, 181, 184,
- 187, 193, 199, 208, 214, 226, 229, 233, 238, 242,
- 246, 252, 256, 274, 280, 286, 290, 295, 299, 306,
- 314, 317, 320, 323, 326, 329, 332, 335, 338, 341,
- 344, 347, 350, 353, 356, 359, 362, 365, 368, 373,
- 407, 410
-};
-#endif
-
-/** Accessing symbol of state STATE. */
-#define YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL(State) YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yystos[State])
-
-#if YYDEBUG || 0
-/* The user-facing name of the symbol whose (internal) number is
- YYSYMBOL. No bounds checking. */
-static const char *yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol) YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-
-/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
- First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
-static const char *const yytname[] =
-{
- "\"end of file\"", "error", "\"invalid token\"", "tAGO", "tDAY",
- "tDAY_UNIT", "tDAYZONE", "tDST", "tHOUR_UNIT", "tID", "tMERIDIAN",
- "tMINUTE_UNIT", "tMONTH", "tMONTH_UNIT", "tSEC_UNIT", "tSNUMBER",
- "tUNUMBER", "tYEAR_UNIT", "tZONE", "':'", "','", "'/'", "$accept",
- "spec", "item", "time", "zone", "day", "date", "rel", "relunit",
- "number", "o_merid", YY_NULLPTR
-};
-
-static const char *
-yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol)
-{
- return yytname[yysymbol];
-}
-#endif
-
-#define YYPACT_NINF (-20)
-
-#define yypact_value_is_default(Yyn) \
- ((Yyn) == YYPACT_NINF)
-
-#define YYTABLE_NINF (-1)
-
-#define yytable_value_is_error(Yyn) \
- 0
-
-/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
- STATE-NUM. */
-static const yytype_int8 yypact[] =
-{
- -20, 0, -20, -19, -20, -20, -20, -20, -13, -20,
- -20, 30, 15, -20, 14, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20,
- -20, 19, -20, -20, 4, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20,
- -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -6, -20, -20, 16,
- -20, 17, 23, -20, -20, 24, -20, -20, -20, 27,
- 28, -20, -20, -20, 29, -20, 32, -8, -20, -20,
- -20
-};
-
-/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NUM] -- Default reduction number in state STATE-NUM.
- Performed when YYTABLE does not specify something else to do. Zero
- means the default is an error. */
-static const yytype_int8 yydefact[] =
-{
- 2, 0, 1, 18, 39, 16, 42, 45, 0, 36,
- 48, 0, 49, 33, 15, 3, 4, 5, 7, 6,
- 8, 30, 9, 19, 25, 38, 41, 44, 35, 47,
- 32, 20, 37, 40, 10, 43, 27, 34, 46, 0,
- 31, 0, 0, 17, 29, 0, 24, 28, 23, 50,
- 21, 26, 51, 12, 0, 11, 0, 50, 22, 14,
- 13
-};
-
-/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
-static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] =
-{
- -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20, -20,
- -7
-};
-
-/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
-static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] =
-{
- 0, 1, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,
- 55
-};
-
-/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]] -- What to do in state STATE-NUM. If
- positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule whose
- number is the opposite. If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */
-static const yytype_int8 yytable[] =
-{
- 2, 23, 52, 24, 3, 4, 5, 59, 6, 46,
- 47, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31,
- 32, 43, 44, 33, 45, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
- 39, 48, 40, 49, 41, 25, 42, 52, 26, 50,
- 51, 27, 53, 28, 29, 57, 54, 30, 58, 56,
- 60
-};
-
-static const yytype_int8 yycheck[] =
-{
- 0, 20, 10, 16, 4, 5, 6, 15, 8, 15,
- 16, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 4,
- 5, 7, 3, 8, 20, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
- 15, 15, 17, 16, 19, 5, 21, 10, 8, 16,
- 16, 11, 15, 13, 14, 16, 19, 17, 16, 21,
- 57
-};
-
-/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The symbol kind of the accessing symbol of
- state STATE-NUM. */
-static const yytype_int8 yystos[] =
-{
- 0, 23, 0, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13,
- 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,
- 29, 30, 31, 20, 16, 5, 8, 11, 13, 14,
- 17, 4, 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 17, 19, 21, 7, 3, 20, 15, 16, 15, 16,
- 16, 16, 10, 15, 19, 32, 21, 16, 16, 15,
- 32
-};
-
-/* YYR1[RULE-NUM] -- Symbol kind of the left-hand side of rule RULE-NUM. */
-static const yytype_int8 yyr1[] =
-{
- 0, 22, 23, 23, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
- 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27,
- 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29,
- 29, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30,
- 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 31,
- 32, 32
-};
-
-/* YYR2[RULE-NUM] -- Number of symbols on the right-hand side of rule RULE-NUM. */
-static const yytype_int8 yyr2[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 0, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 2, 4, 4, 6, 6, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2,
- 2, 3, 5, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 3, 2,
- 1, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 1,
- 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 1, 1,
- 0, 1
-};
-
-
-enum { YYENOMEM = -2 };
-
-#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
-
-#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab
-#define YYNOMEM goto yyexhaustedlab
-
-
-#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
-
-#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
- do \
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY) \
- { \
- yychar = (Token); \
- yylval = (Value); \
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen); \
- yystate = *yyssp; \
- goto yybackup; \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- yyerror (YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
- YYERROR; \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-/* Backward compatibility with an undocumented macro.
- Use YYerror or YYUNDEF. */
-#define YYERRCODE YYUNDEF
-
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested. */
-#if YYDEBUG
-
-# ifndef YYFPRINTF
-# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
-# endif
-
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- YYFPRINTF Args; \
-} while (0)
-
-
-
-
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- { \
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \
- yy_symbol_print (stderr, \
- Kind, Value); \
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| Print this symbol's value on YYO. |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyo,
- yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
-{
- FILE *yyoutput = yyo;
- YY_USE (yyoutput);
- if (!yyvaluep)
- return;
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
- YY_USE (yykind);
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------.
-| Print this symbol on YYO. |
-`---------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyo,
- yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
-{
- YYFPRINTF (yyo, "%s %s (",
- yykind < YYNTOKENS ? "token" : "nterm", yysymbol_name (yykind));
-
- yy_symbol_value_print (yyo, yykind, yyvaluep);
- YYFPRINTF (yyo, ")");
-}
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
-| TOP (included). |
-`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_stack_print (yy_state_t *yybottom, yy_state_t *yytop)
-{
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
- for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
- {
- int yybot = *yybottom;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
- }
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
-}
-
-# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \
-} while (0)
-
-
-/*------------------------------------------------.
-| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. |
-`------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_reduce_print (yy_state_t *yyssp, YYSTYPE *yyvsp,
- int yyrule)
-{
- int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
- int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
- int yyi;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %d):\n",
- yyrule - 1, yylno);
- /* The symbols being reduced. */
- for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
- {
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1);
- yy_symbol_print (stderr,
- YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+yyssp[yyi + 1 - yynrhs]),
- &yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
- }
-}
-
-# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- yy_reduce_print (yyssp, yyvsp, Rule); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
- multiple parsers can coexist. */
-int yydebug;
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args) ((void) 0)
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)
-# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
-# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
-#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-# define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
- if the built-in stack extension method is used).
-
- Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
- YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
- evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------.
-| Release the memory associated to this symbol. |
-`-----------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yydestruct (const char *yymsg,
- yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
-{
- YY_USE (yyvaluep);
- if (!yymsg)
- yymsg = "Deleting";
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yykind, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
-
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
- YY_USE (yykind);
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-}
-
-
-/* Lookahead token kind. */
-int yychar;
-
-/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */
-YYSTYPE yylval;
-/* Number of syntax errors so far. */
-int yynerrs;
-
-
-
-
-/*----------.
-| yyparse. |
-`----------*/
-
-int
-yyparse (void)
-{
- yy_state_fast_t yystate = 0;
- /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
- int yyerrstatus = 0;
-
- /* Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
- to reallocate them elsewhere. */
-
- /* Their size. */
- YYPTRDIFF_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-
- /* The state stack: array, bottom, top. */
- yy_state_t yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
- yy_state_t *yyss = yyssa;
- yy_state_t *yyssp = yyss;
-
- /* The semantic value stack: array, bottom, top. */
- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
- YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
- YYSTYPE *yyvsp = yyvs;
-
- int yyn;
- /* The return value of yyparse. */
- int yyresult;
- /* Lookahead symbol kind. */
- yysymbol_kind_t yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY;
- /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
- action routines. */
- YYSTYPE yyval;
-
-
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N))
-
- /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
- Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */
- int yylen = 0;
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
-
- yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
-
- goto yysetstate;
-
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yynewstate -- push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
-`------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yynewstate:
- /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
- yyssp++;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yysetstate -- set current state (the top of the stack) to yystate. |
-`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yysetstate:
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
- YY_ASSERT (0 <= yystate && yystate < YYNSTATES);
- YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
- *yyssp = YY_CAST (yy_state_t, yystate);
- YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
-
- if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
-#if !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- YYNOMEM;
-#else
- {
- /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
- YYPTRDIFF_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-# if defined yyoverflow
- {
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
- these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
- memory. */
- yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
-
- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
- data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a
- conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
- be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
- &yyss1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyvsp),
- &yystacksize);
- yyss = yyss1;
- yyvs = yyvs1;
- }
-# else /* defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
- /* Extend the stack our own way. */
- if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
- YYNOMEM;
- yystacksize *= 2;
- if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
- yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-
- {
- yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
- union yyalloc *yyptr =
- YY_CAST (union yyalloc *,
- YYSTACK_ALLOC (YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize))));
- if (! yyptr)
- YYNOMEM;
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
-# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- if (yyss1 != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
- }
-# endif
-
- yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
-
- YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %ld\n",
- YY_CAST (long, yystacksize)));
- YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
-
- if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
- YYABORT;
- }
-#endif /* !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
-
-
- if (yystate == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
- goto yybackup;
-
-
-/*-----------.
-| yybackup. |
-`-----------*/
-yybackup:
- /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a
- lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
-
- /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
- goto yydefault;
-
- /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
-
- /* YYCHAR is either empty, or end-of-input, or a valid lookahead. */
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
- {
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token\n"));
- yychar = yylex ();
- }
-
- if (yychar <= YYEOF)
- {
- yychar = YYEOF;
- yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEOF;
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
- }
- else if (yychar == YYerror)
- {
- /* The scanner already issued an error message, process directly
- to error recovery. But do not keep the error token as
- lookahead, it is too special and may lead us to an endless
- loop in error recovery. */
- yychar = YYUNDEF;
- yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
- goto yyerrlab1;
- }
- else
- {
- yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
- }
-
- /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
- detect an error, take that action. */
- yyn += yytoken;
- if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
- goto yydefault;
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (yyn <= 0)
- {
- if (yytable_value_is_error (yyn))
- goto yyerrlab;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
-
- /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
- status. */
- if (yyerrstatus)
- yyerrstatus--;
-
- /* Shift the lookahead token. */
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
- yystate = yyn;
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-
- /* Discard the shifted token. */
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yydefault:
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
- goto yyreduce;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------.
-| yyreduce -- do a reduction. |
-`-----------------------------*/
-yyreduce:
- /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
- yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-
- /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
- '$$ = $1'.
-
- Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
- This behavior is undocumented and Bison
- users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
- unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
- GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
-
-
- YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
- switch (yyn)
- {
- case 4: /* item: time */
-#line 169 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHaveTime++;
- }
-#line 1360 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 5: /* item: zone */
-#line 172 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHaveZone++;
- }
-#line 1368 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 6: /* item: date */
-#line 175 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHaveDate++;
- }
-#line 1376 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 7: /* item: day */
-#line 178 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHaveDay++;
- }
-#line 1384 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 8: /* item: rel */
-#line 181 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHaveRel++;
- }
-#line 1392 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 10: /* time: tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN */
-#line 187 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyMinutes = 0;
- yySeconds = 0;
- yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
- }
-#line 1403 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 11: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid */
-#line 193 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
- yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yySeconds = 0;
- yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
- }
-#line 1414 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 12: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER */
-#line 199 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
- yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- yyHaveZone++;
- yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 0
- ? -(yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + (-(yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60
- : - ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60));
- }
-#line 1428 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 13: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid */
-#line 208 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
- yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
- yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
- }
-#line 1439 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 14: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER */
-#line 214 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
- yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
- yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- yyHaveZone++;
- yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 0
- ? -(yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + (-(yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60
- : - ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60));
- }
-#line 1454 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 15: /* zone: tZONE */
-#line 226 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1462 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 16: /* zone: tDAYZONE */
-#line 229 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number) - 60;
- }
-#line 1470 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 17: /* zone: tZONE tDST */
-#line 233 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyTimezone = (yyvsp[-1].Number) - 60;
- }
-#line 1478 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 18: /* day: tDAY */
-#line 238 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyDayOrdinal = 1;
- yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1487 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 19: /* day: tDAY ',' */
-#line 242 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyDayOrdinal = 1;
- yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- }
-#line 1496 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 20: /* day: tUNUMBER tDAY */
-#line 246 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1505 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 21: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER */
-#line 252 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1514 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 22: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER */
-#line 256 "getdate.y"
- {
- /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if $1 >= 1000, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
- The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
- machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing. If
- you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format. */
- if ((yyvsp[-4].Number) >= 1000)
- {
- yyYear = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
- else
- {
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
- }
-#line 1537 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 23: /* date: tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER */
-#line 274 "getdate.y"
- {
- /* ISO 8601 format. yyyy-mm-dd. */
- yyYear = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyMonth = -(yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyDay = -(yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1548 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 24: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER */
-#line 280 "getdate.y"
- {
- /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992. */
- yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyYear = -(yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1559 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 25: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER */
-#line 286 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1568 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 26: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER */
-#line 290 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1578 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 27: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH */
-#line 295 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- }
-#line 1587 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 28: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER */
-#line 299 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
- yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
- yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1597 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 29: /* rel: relunit tAGO */
-#line 306 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
- yyRelMinutes = -yyRelMinutes;
- yyRelHour = -yyRelHour;
- yyRelDay = -yyRelDay;
- yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
- yyRelYear = -yyRelYear;
- }
-#line 1610 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 31: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT */
-#line 317 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelYear += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1618 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 32: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT */
-#line 320 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelYear += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1626 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 33: /* relunit: tYEAR_UNIT */
-#line 323 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelYear++;
- }
-#line 1634 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 34: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT */
-#line 326 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelMonth += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1642 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 35: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT */
-#line 329 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelMonth += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1650 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 36: /* relunit: tMONTH_UNIT */
-#line 332 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelMonth++;
- }
-#line 1658 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 37: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT */
-#line 335 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelDay += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1666 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 38: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT */
-#line 338 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelDay += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1674 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 39: /* relunit: tDAY_UNIT */
-#line 341 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelDay++;
- }
-#line 1682 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 40: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT */
-#line 344 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelHour += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1690 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 41: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT */
-#line 347 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelHour += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1698 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 42: /* relunit: tHOUR_UNIT */
-#line 350 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelHour++;
- }
-#line 1706 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 43: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT */
-#line 353 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelMinutes += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1714 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 44: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT */
-#line 356 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelMinutes += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1722 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 45: /* relunit: tMINUTE_UNIT */
-#line 359 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelMinutes++;
- }
-#line 1730 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 46: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT */
-#line 362 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1738 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 47: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT */
-#line 365 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
- }
-#line 1746 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 48: /* relunit: tSEC_UNIT */
-#line 368 "getdate.y"
- {
- yyRelSeconds++;
- }
-#line 1754 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 49: /* number: tUNUMBER */
-#line 374 "getdate.y"
- {
- if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
- yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- else
- {
- if ((yyvsp[0].Number)>10000)
- {
- yyHaveDate++;
- yyDay= ((yyvsp[0].Number))%100;
- yyMonth= ((yyvsp[0].Number)/100)%100;
- yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number)/10000;
- }
- else
- {
- yyHaveTime++;
- if ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 100)
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number);
- yyMinutes = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 100;
- yyMinutes = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;
- }
- yySeconds = 0;
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- }
- }
- }
-#line 1789 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 50: /* o_merid: %empty */
-#line 407 "getdate.y"
- {
- (yyval.Meridian) = MER24;
- }
-#line 1797 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
- case 51: /* o_merid: tMERIDIAN */
-#line 411 "getdate.y"
- {
- (yyval.Meridian) = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
- }
-#line 1805 "getdate.c"
- break;
-
-
-#line 1809 "getdate.c"
-
- default: break;
- }
- /* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires
- that yytoken be updated with the new translation. We take the
- approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken.
- One alternative is translating here after every semantic action,
- but that translation would be missed if the semantic action invokes
- YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering yychar or
- if it invokes YYBACKUP. In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an
- incorrect destructor might then be invoked immediately. In the
- case of YYERROR or YYBACKUP, subsequent parser actions might lead
- to an incorrect destructor call or verbose syntax error message
- before the lookahead is translated. */
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yyr1[yyn]), &yyval, &yyloc);
-
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
- yylen = 0;
-
- *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
- /* Now 'shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
- that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
- number reduced by. */
- {
- const int yylhs = yyr1[yyn] - YYNTOKENS;
- const int yyi = yypgoto[yylhs] + *yyssp;
- yystate = (0 <= yyi && yyi <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyi] == *yyssp
- ? yytable[yyi]
- : yydefgoto[yylhs]);
- }
-
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error. |
-`--------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab:
- /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation. See comments at
- user semantic actions for why this is necessary. */
- yytoken = yychar == YYEMPTY ? YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY : YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
- if (!yyerrstatus)
- {
- ++yynerrs;
- yyerror (YY_("syntax error"));
- }
-
- if (yyerrstatus == 3)
- {
- /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
- error, discard it. */
-
- if (yychar <= YYEOF)
- {
- /* Return failure if at end of input. */
- if (yychar == YYEOF)
- YYABORT;
- }
- else
- {
- yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
- yytoken, &yylval);
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
- }
- }
-
- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
- token. */
- goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. |
-`---------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrorlab:
- /* Pacify compilers when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the
- label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code. */
- if (0)
- YYERROR;
- ++yynerrs;
-
- /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
- this YYERROR. */
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
- yylen = 0;
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
- yystate = *yyssp;
- goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. |
-`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab1:
- yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */
-
- /* Pop stack until we find a state that shifts the error token. */
- for (;;)
- {
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
- {
- yyn += YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
- if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYSYMBOL_YYerror)
- {
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (0 < yyn)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */
- if (yyssp == yyss)
- YYABORT;
-
-
- yydestruct ("Error: popping",
- YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yystate), yyvsp);
- YYPOPSTACK (1);
- yystate = *yyssp;
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
- }
-
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
- YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-
-
- /* Shift the error token. */
- YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yyn), yyvsp, yylsp);
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------.
-| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
-`-------------------------------------*/
-yyacceptlab:
- yyresult = 0;
- goto yyreturnlab;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-yyabortlab:
- yyresult = 1;
- goto yyreturnlab;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyexhaustedlab -- YYNOMEM (memory exhaustion) comes here. |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyexhaustedlab:
- yyerror (YY_("memory exhausted"));
- yyresult = 2;
- goto yyreturnlab;
-
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyreturnlab -- parsing is finished, clean up and return. |
-`----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyreturnlab:
- if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
- {
- /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation. See comments at
- user semantic actions for why this is necessary. */
- yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
- yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
- yytoken, &yylval);
- }
- /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
- this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */
- YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
- YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
- while (yyssp != yyss)
- {
- yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
- YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+*yyssp), yyvsp);
- YYPOPSTACK (1);
- }
-#ifndef yyoverflow
- if (yyss != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
-#endif
-
- return yyresult;
-}
-
-#line 416 "getdate.y"
-
-
-/* Month and day table. */
-static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
- { "january", tMONTH, 1 },
- { "february", tMONTH, 2 },
- { "march", tMONTH, 3 },
- { "april", tMONTH, 4 },
- { "may", tMONTH, 5 },
- { "june", tMONTH, 6 },
- { "july", tMONTH, 7 },
- { "august", tMONTH, 8 },
- { "september", tMONTH, 9 },
- { "sept", tMONTH, 9 },
- { "october", tMONTH, 10 },
- { "november", tMONTH, 11 },
- { "december", tMONTH, 12 },
- { "sunday", tDAY, 0 },
- { "monday", tDAY, 1 },
- { "tuesday", tDAY, 2 },
- { "tues", tDAY, 2 },
- { "wednesday", tDAY, 3 },
- { "wednes", tDAY, 3 },
- { "thursday", tDAY, 4 },
- { "thur", tDAY, 4 },
- { "thurs", tDAY, 4 },
- { "friday", tDAY, 5 },
- { "saturday", tDAY, 6 },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Time units table. */
-static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
- { "year", tYEAR_UNIT, 1 },
- { "month", tMONTH_UNIT, 1 },
- { "fortnight", tDAY_UNIT, 14 },
- { "week", tDAY_UNIT, 7 },
- { "day", tDAY_UNIT, 1 },
- { "hour", tHOUR_UNIT, 1 },
- { "minute", tMINUTE_UNIT, 1 },
- { "min", tMINUTE_UNIT, 1 },
- { "second", tSEC_UNIT, 1 },
- { "sec", tSEC_UNIT, 1 },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Assorted relative-time words. */
-static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
- { "tomorrow", tMINUTE_UNIT, 1 * 24 * 60 },
- { "yesterday", tMINUTE_UNIT, -1 * 24 * 60 },
- { "today", tMINUTE_UNIT, 0 },
- { "now", tMINUTE_UNIT, 0 },
- { "last", tUNUMBER, -1 },
- { "this", tMINUTE_UNIT, 0 },
- { "next", tUNUMBER, 2 },
- { "first", tUNUMBER, 1 },
-/* { "second", tUNUMBER, 2 }, */
- { "third", tUNUMBER, 3 },
- { "fourth", tUNUMBER, 4 },
- { "fifth", tUNUMBER, 5 },
- { "sixth", tUNUMBER, 6 },
- { "seventh", tUNUMBER, 7 },
- { "eighth", tUNUMBER, 8 },
- { "ninth", tUNUMBER, 9 },
- { "tenth", tUNUMBER, 10 },
- { "eleventh", tUNUMBER, 11 },
- { "twelfth", tUNUMBER, 12 },
- { "ago", tAGO, 1 },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* The timezone table. */
-static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
- { "gmt", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* Greenwich Mean */
- { "ut", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* Universal (Coordinated) */
- { "utc", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) },
- { "wet", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* Western European */
- { "bst", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* British Summer */
- { "wat", tZONE, HOUR ( 1) }, /* West Africa */
- { "at", tZONE, HOUR ( 2) }, /* Azores */
- { "ast", tZONE, HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Standard */
- { "adt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Daylight */
- { "est", tZONE, HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Standard */
- { "edt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Daylight */
- { "cst", tZONE, HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Standard */
- { "cdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Daylight */
- { "mst", tZONE, HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Standard */
- { "mdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Daylight */
- { "pst", tZONE, HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Standard */
- { "pdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Daylight */
- { "yst", tZONE, HOUR ( 9) }, /* Yukon Standard */
- { "ydt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 9) }, /* Yukon Daylight */
- { "hst", tZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii Standard */
- { "hdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii Daylight */
- { "cat", tZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Central Alaska */
- { "ahst", tZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Alaska-Hawaii Standard */
- { "nt", tZONE, HOUR (11) }, /* Nome */
- { "idlw", tZONE, HOUR (12) }, /* International Date Line West */
- { "cet", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Central European */
- { "met", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European */
- { "mewt", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European Winter */
- { "mest", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
- { "mesz", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
- { "swt", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Swedish Winter */
- { "sst", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Swedish Summer */
- { "fwt", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* French Winter */
- { "fst", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* French Summer */
- { "eet", tZONE, -HOUR (2) }, /* Eastern Europe, USSR Zone 1 */
- { "bt", tZONE, -HOUR (3) }, /* Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 */
- { "zp4", tZONE, -HOUR (4) }, /* USSR Zone 3 */
- { "zp5", tZONE, -HOUR (5) }, /* USSR Zone 4 */
- { "zp6", tZONE, -HOUR (6) }, /* USSR Zone 5 */
- { "wast", tZONE, -HOUR (7) }, /* West Australian Standard */
- { "wadt", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (7) }, /* West Australian Daylight */
- { "cct", tZONE, -HOUR (8) }, /* China Coast, USSR Zone 7 */
- { "jst", tZONE, -HOUR (9) }, /* Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 */
- { "east", tZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Eastern Australian Standard */
- { "eadt", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Eastern Australian Daylight */
- { "gst", tZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Guam Standard, USSR Zone 9 */
- { "nzt", tZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand */
- { "nzst", tZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Standard */
- { "nzdt", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Daylight */
- { "idle", tZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* International Date Line East */
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Military timezone table. */
-static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
- { "a", tZONE, HOUR ( 1) },
- { "b", tZONE, HOUR ( 2) },
- { "c", tZONE, HOUR ( 3) },
- { "d", tZONE, HOUR ( 4) },
- { "e", tZONE, HOUR ( 5) },
- { "f", tZONE, HOUR ( 6) },
- { "g", tZONE, HOUR ( 7) },
- { "h", tZONE, HOUR ( 8) },
- { "i", tZONE, HOUR ( 9) },
- { "k", tZONE, HOUR ( 10) },
- { "l", tZONE, HOUR ( 11) },
- { "m", tZONE, HOUR ( 12) },
- { "n", tZONE, HOUR (- 1) },
- { "o", tZONE, HOUR (- 2) },
- { "p", tZONE, HOUR (- 3) },
- { "q", tZONE, HOUR (- 4) },
- { "r", tZONE, HOUR (- 5) },
- { "s", tZONE, HOUR (- 6) },
- { "t", tZONE, HOUR (- 7) },
- { "u", tZONE, HOUR (- 8) },
- { "v", tZONE, HOUR (- 9) },
- { "w", tZONE, HOUR (-10) },
- { "x", tZONE, HOUR (-11) },
- { "y", tZONE, HOUR (-12) },
- { "z", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-
-
-
-static int yyerror (unused const char *s)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int ToHour (int Hours, MERIDIAN Meridian)
-{
- switch (Meridian)
- {
- case MER24:
- if (Hours < 0 || Hours > 23)
- return -1;
- return Hours;
- case MERam:
- if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
- return -1;
- if (Hours == 12)
- Hours = 0;
- return Hours;
- case MERpm:
- if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
- return -1;
- if (Hours == 12)
- Hours = 0;
- return Hours + 12;
- default:
- abort ();
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-static int ToYear (int Year)
-{
- if (Year < 0)
- Year = -Year;
-
- /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
- years 69-99 map to 1969-1999. */
- if (Year < 69)
- Year += 2000;
- else if (Year < 100)
- Year += 1900;
-
- return Year;
-}
-
-static int LookupWord (char *buff)
-{
- register char *p;
- register char *q;
- register const TABLE *tp;
- int i;
- bool abbrev;
-
- /* Make it lowercase. */
- for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
- if (isupper (*p))
- *p = tolower (*p);
-
- if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
- {
- yylval.Meridian = MERam;
- return tMERIDIAN;
- }
- if (strcmp (buff, "pm") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "p.m.") == 0)
- {
- yylval.Meridian = MERpm;
- return tMERIDIAN;
- }
-
- /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
- if (strlen (buff) == 3)
- abbrev = true;
- else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
- {
- abbrev = true;
- buff[3] = '\0';
- }
- else
- abbrev = false;
-
- for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
- {
- if (abbrev)
- {
- if (strncmp (buff, tp->name, 3) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- }
- else if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- }
-
- for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
- return tDST;
-
- for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again. */
- i = strlen (buff) - 1;
- if (buff[i] == 's')
- {
- buff[i] = '\0';
- for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- buff[i] = 's'; /* Put back for "this" in OtherTable. */
- }
-
- for (tp = OtherTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- /* Military timezones. */
- if (buff[1] == '\0' && isalpha (*buff))
- {
- for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- }
-
- /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
- for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
- if (*q != '.')
- *p++ = *q;
- else
- i++;
- *p = '\0';
- if (0 != i)
- for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- return tID;
-}
-
-static int
-yylex (void)
-{
- register char c;
- register char *p;
- char buff[20];
- int Count;
- int sign;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- while (isspace (*yyInput))
- yyInput++;
-
- if (isdigit (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
- {
- if (c == '-' || c == '+')
- {
- sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
- if (!isdigit (*++yyInput))
- /* skip the '-' sign */
- continue;
- }
- else
- sign = 0;
- for (yylval.Number = 0; isdigit (c = *yyInput++);)
- yylval.Number = 10 * yylval.Number + c - '0';
- yyInput--;
- if (sign < 0)
- yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
- return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
- }
- if (isalpha (c))
- {
- for (p = buff; (c = *yyInput++, isalpha (c)) || c == '.';)
- if (p < &buff[sizeof buff - 1])
- *p++ = c;
- *p = '\0';
- yyInput--;
- return LookupWord (buff);
- }
- if (c != '(')
- return *yyInput++;
- Count = 0;
- do
- {
- c = *yyInput++;
- if (c == '\0')
- return c;
- if (c == '(')
- Count++;
- else if (c == ')')
- Count--;
- }
- while (Count > 0);
- }
-}
-
-#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
-
-/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds. */
-static long difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
-{
- int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
- int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
- long days = (
- /* difference in day of year */
- a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
- /* + intervening leap days */
- + ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
- - (ay / 100 - by / 100)
- + ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
- /* + difference in years * 365 */
- + (long) (ay - by) * 365
- );
- return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
- + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
- + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
-}
-
-time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
-{
- struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
- time_t Start;
-
- yyInput = p;
- Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
- tmp = localtime (&Start);
- yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
- yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
- yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
- yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
- yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
- yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- yyRelSeconds = 0;
- yyRelMinutes = 0;
- yyRelHour = 0;
- yyRelDay = 0;
- yyRelMonth = 0;
- yyRelYear = 0;
- yyHaveDate = 0;
- yyHaveDay = 0;
- yyHaveRel = 0;
- yyHaveTime = 0;
- yyHaveZone = 0;
-
- if (yyparse ()
- || yyHaveTime > 1 || yyHaveZone > 1 || yyHaveDate > 1 || yyHaveDay > 1)
- return -1;
-
- tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
- tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
- tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
- if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
- ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
- {
- tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
- if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
- return -1;
- tm.tm_min = yyMinutes;
- tm.tm_sec = yySeconds;
- }
- else
- {
- tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
- }
- tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
- tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
- tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
- tm.tm_isdst = -1;
- tm0 = tm;
-
- Start = mktime (&tm);
-
- if (Start == (time_t) -1)
- {
-
- /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t boundaries
- when parsing times in other time zones. For example, if the min
- time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC and we are 8 hours ahead
- of UTC, then the min localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00; if
- we apply mktime to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 we will get an error, so
- we apply mktime to 1970-01-02 08:00:00 instead and adjust the time
- zone by 24 hours to compensate. This algorithm assumes that
- there is no DST transition within a day of the time_t boundaries. */
- if (yyHaveZone)
- {
- tm = tm0;
- if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
- {
- tm.tm_mday++;
- yyTimezone -= 24 * 60;
- }
- else
- {
- tm.tm_mday--;
- yyTimezone += 24 * 60;
- }
- Start = mktime (&tm);
- }
-
- if (Start == (time_t) -1)
- return Start;
- }
-
- if (yyHaveDay && !yyHaveDate)
- {
- tm.tm_mday += ((yyDayNumber - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
- + 7 * (yyDayOrdinal - (0 < yyDayOrdinal)));
- Start = mktime (&tm);
- if (Start == (time_t) -1)
- return Start;
- }
-
- if (yyHaveZone)
- {
- long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
- if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
- return -1; /* time_t overflow */
- Start += delta;
- }
-
- return Start;
-}
-
-#if defined (TEST)
-
-/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-main (ac, av)
- int ac;
- char *av[];
-{
- char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
- time_t d;
-
- (void) printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
- (void) fflush (stdout);
-
- buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
- while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
- {
- d = get_date (buff, (time_t *) NULL);
- if (d == -1)
- (void) printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
- else
- (void) printf ("%s", ctime (&d));
- (void) printf ("\t> ");
- (void) fflush (stdout);
- }
- exit (0);
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-#endif /* defined (TEST) */
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.h b/libmisc/getdate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eae56f6..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getdate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 , Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#ifndef _GETDATE_H_
-#define _GETDATE_H_
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-
-time_t get_date (const char *p, /*@null@*/const time_t *now);
-#endif
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.y b/libmisc/getdate.y
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c07f74..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getdate.y
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,954 +0,0 @@
-%{
-/*
-** Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
-** at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Later tweaked by
-** a couple of people on Usenet. Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
-** <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
-**
-** This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
-**
-** This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
-# include <alloca.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
- itself, there is no need to #define static in this file. Even if
- the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
- wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
- problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
- think this code needs to do. */
-#ifdef emacs
-# undef static
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include "getdate.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
- That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
- to redefine it here. */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
- as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
- yacc generated parsers in the same program. Note that these are only
- the variables produced by yacc. If other parser generators (bison,
- byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
- then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
- names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth gd_maxdepth
-#define yyparse gd_parse
-#define yylex gd_lex
-#define yyerror gd_error
-#define yylval gd_lval
-#define yychar gd_char
-#define yydebug gd_debug
-#define yypact gd_pact
-#define yyr1 gd_r1
-#define yyr2 gd_r2
-#define yydef gd_def
-#define yychk gd_chk
-#define yypgo gd_pgo
-#define yyact gd_act
-#define yyexca gd_exca
-#define yyerrflag gd_errflag
-#define yynerrs gd_nerrs
-#define yyps gd_ps
-#define yypv gd_pv
-#define yys gd_s
-#define yy_yys gd_yys
-#define yystate gd_state
-#define yytmp gd_tmp
-#define yyv gd_v
-#define yy_yyv gd_yyv
-#define yyval gd_val
-#define yylloc gd_lloc
-#define yyreds gd_reds /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks gd_toks /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs gd_yylhs
-#define yylen gd_yylen
-#define yydefred gd_yydefred
-#define yydgoto gd_yydgoto
-#define yysindex gd_yysindex
-#define yyrindex gd_yyrindex
-#define yygindex gd_yygindex
-#define yytable gd_yytable
-#define yycheck gd_yycheck
-
-static int yylex (void);
-static int yyerror (const char *s);
-
-#define EPOCH 1970
-#define HOUR(x) ((x) * 60)
-
-#define MAX_BUFF_LEN 128 /* size of buffer to read the date into */
-
-/*
-** An entry in the lexical lookup table.
-*/
-typedef struct _TABLE {
- const char *name;
- int type;
- int value;
-} TABLE;
-
-
-/*
-** Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
-*/
-typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
- MERam, MERpm, MER24
-} MERIDIAN;
-
-
-/*
-** Global variables. We could get rid of most of these by using a good
-** union as the yacc stack. (This routine was originally written before
-** yacc had the %union construct.) Maybe someday; right now we only use
-** the %union very rarely.
-*/
-static const char *yyInput;
-static int yyDayOrdinal;
-static int yyDayNumber;
-static int yyHaveDate;
-static int yyHaveDay;
-static int yyHaveRel;
-static int yyHaveTime;
-static int yyHaveZone;
-static int yyTimezone;
-static int yyDay;
-static int yyHour;
-static int yyMinutes;
-static int yyMonth;
-static int yySeconds;
-static int yyYear;
-static MERIDIAN yyMeridian;
-static int yyRelDay;
-static int yyRelHour;
-static int yyRelMinutes;
-static int yyRelMonth;
-static int yyRelSeconds;
-static int yyRelYear;
-
-%}
-
-%union {
- int Number;
- enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
-}
-
-%token tAGO tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tDST tHOUR_UNIT tID
-%token tMERIDIAN tMINUTE_UNIT tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
-%token tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
-
-%type <Number> tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tHOUR_UNIT tMINUTE_UNIT
-%type <Number> tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
-%type <Number> tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
-%type <Meridian> tMERIDIAN o_merid
-
-%%
-
-spec : /* NULL */
- | spec item
- ;
-
-item : time {
- yyHaveTime++;
- }
- | zone {
- yyHaveZone++;
- }
- | date {
- yyHaveDate++;
- }
- | day {
- yyHaveDay++;
- }
- | rel {
- yyHaveRel++;
- }
- | number
- ;
-
-time : tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN {
- yyHour = $1;
- yyMinutes = 0;
- yySeconds = 0;
- yyMeridian = $2;
- }
- | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid {
- yyHour = $1;
- yyMinutes = $3;
- yySeconds = 0;
- yyMeridian = $4;
- }
- | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER {
- yyHour = $1;
- yyMinutes = $3;
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- yyHaveZone++;
- yyTimezone = ($4 < 0
- ? -$4 % 100 + (-$4 / 100) * 60
- : - ($4 % 100 + ($4 / 100) * 60));
- }
- | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid {
- yyHour = $1;
- yyMinutes = $3;
- yySeconds = $5;
- yyMeridian = $6;
- }
- | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER {
- yyHour = $1;
- yyMinutes = $3;
- yySeconds = $5;
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- yyHaveZone++;
- yyTimezone = ($6 < 0
- ? -$6 % 100 + (-$6 / 100) * 60
- : - ($6 % 100 + ($6 / 100) * 60));
- }
- ;
-
-zone : tZONE {
- yyTimezone = $1;
- }
- | tDAYZONE {
- yyTimezone = $1 - 60;
- }
- |
- tZONE tDST {
- yyTimezone = $1 - 60;
- }
- ;
-
-day : tDAY {
- yyDayOrdinal = 1;
- yyDayNumber = $1;
- }
- | tDAY ',' {
- yyDayOrdinal = 1;
- yyDayNumber = $1;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tDAY {
- yyDayOrdinal = $1;
- yyDayNumber = $2;
- }
- ;
-
-date : tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
- yyMonth = $1;
- yyDay = $3;
- }
- | tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
- /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if $1 >= 1000, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
- The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
- machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing. If
- you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format. */
- if ($1 >= 1000)
- {
- yyYear = $1;
- yyMonth = $3;
- yyDay = $5;
- }
- else
- {
- yyMonth = $1;
- yyDay = $3;
- yyYear = $5;
- }
- }
- | tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER {
- /* ISO 8601 format. yyyy-mm-dd. */
- yyYear = $1;
- yyMonth = -$2;
- yyDay = -$3;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER {
- /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992. */
- yyDay = $1;
- yyMonth = $2;
- yyYear = -$3;
- }
- | tMONTH tUNUMBER {
- yyMonth = $1;
- yyDay = $2;
- }
- | tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER {
- yyMonth = $1;
- yyDay = $2;
- yyYear = $4;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tMONTH {
- yyMonth = $2;
- yyDay = $1;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER {
- yyMonth = $2;
- yyDay = $1;
- yyYear = $3;
- }
- ;
-
-rel : relunit tAGO {
- yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
- yyRelMinutes = -yyRelMinutes;
- yyRelHour = -yyRelHour;
- yyRelDay = -yyRelDay;
- yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
- yyRelYear = -yyRelYear;
- }
- | relunit
- ;
-
-relunit : tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
- yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
- yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tYEAR_UNIT {
- yyRelYear++;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
- yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
- yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tMONTH_UNIT {
- yyRelMonth++;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
- yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
- yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tDAY_UNIT {
- yyRelDay++;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
- yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
- yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tHOUR_UNIT {
- yyRelHour++;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
- yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
- yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tMINUTE_UNIT {
- yyRelMinutes++;
- }
- | tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
- yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
- yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
- }
- | tSEC_UNIT {
- yyRelSeconds++;
- }
- ;
-
-number : tUNUMBER
- {
- if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
- yyYear = $1;
- else
- {
- if ($1>10000)
- {
- yyHaveDate++;
- yyDay= ($1)%100;
- yyMonth= ($1/100)%100;
- yyYear = $1/10000;
- }
- else
- {
- yyHaveTime++;
- if ($1 < 100)
- {
- yyHour = $1;
- yyMinutes = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- yyHour = $1 / 100;
- yyMinutes = $1 % 100;
- }
- yySeconds = 0;
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- }
- }
- }
- ;
-
-o_merid : /* NULL */
- {
- $$ = MER24;
- }
- | tMERIDIAN
- {
- $$ = $1;
- }
- ;
-
-%%
-
-/* Month and day table. */
-static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
- { "january", tMONTH, 1 },
- { "february", tMONTH, 2 },
- { "march", tMONTH, 3 },
- { "april", tMONTH, 4 },
- { "may", tMONTH, 5 },
- { "june", tMONTH, 6 },
- { "july", tMONTH, 7 },
- { "august", tMONTH, 8 },
- { "september", tMONTH, 9 },
- { "sept", tMONTH, 9 },
- { "october", tMONTH, 10 },
- { "november", tMONTH, 11 },
- { "december", tMONTH, 12 },
- { "sunday", tDAY, 0 },
- { "monday", tDAY, 1 },
- { "tuesday", tDAY, 2 },
- { "tues", tDAY, 2 },
- { "wednesday", tDAY, 3 },
- { "wednes", tDAY, 3 },
- { "thursday", tDAY, 4 },
- { "thur", tDAY, 4 },
- { "thurs", tDAY, 4 },
- { "friday", tDAY, 5 },
- { "saturday", tDAY, 6 },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Time units table. */
-static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
- { "year", tYEAR_UNIT, 1 },
- { "month", tMONTH_UNIT, 1 },
- { "fortnight", tDAY_UNIT, 14 },
- { "week", tDAY_UNIT, 7 },
- { "day", tDAY_UNIT, 1 },
- { "hour", tHOUR_UNIT, 1 },
- { "minute", tMINUTE_UNIT, 1 },
- { "min", tMINUTE_UNIT, 1 },
- { "second", tSEC_UNIT, 1 },
- { "sec", tSEC_UNIT, 1 },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Assorted relative-time words. */
-static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
- { "tomorrow", tMINUTE_UNIT, 1 * 24 * 60 },
- { "yesterday", tMINUTE_UNIT, -1 * 24 * 60 },
- { "today", tMINUTE_UNIT, 0 },
- { "now", tMINUTE_UNIT, 0 },
- { "last", tUNUMBER, -1 },
- { "this", tMINUTE_UNIT, 0 },
- { "next", tUNUMBER, 2 },
- { "first", tUNUMBER, 1 },
-/* { "second", tUNUMBER, 2 }, */
- { "third", tUNUMBER, 3 },
- { "fourth", tUNUMBER, 4 },
- { "fifth", tUNUMBER, 5 },
- { "sixth", tUNUMBER, 6 },
- { "seventh", tUNUMBER, 7 },
- { "eighth", tUNUMBER, 8 },
- { "ninth", tUNUMBER, 9 },
- { "tenth", tUNUMBER, 10 },
- { "eleventh", tUNUMBER, 11 },
- { "twelfth", tUNUMBER, 12 },
- { "ago", tAGO, 1 },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* The timezone table. */
-static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
- { "gmt", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* Greenwich Mean */
- { "ut", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* Universal (Coordinated) */
- { "utc", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) },
- { "wet", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* Western European */
- { "bst", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 0) }, /* British Summer */
- { "wat", tZONE, HOUR ( 1) }, /* West Africa */
- { "at", tZONE, HOUR ( 2) }, /* Azores */
- { "ast", tZONE, HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Standard */
- { "adt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Daylight */
- { "est", tZONE, HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Standard */
- { "edt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Daylight */
- { "cst", tZONE, HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Standard */
- { "cdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Daylight */
- { "mst", tZONE, HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Standard */
- { "mdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Daylight */
- { "pst", tZONE, HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Standard */
- { "pdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Daylight */
- { "yst", tZONE, HOUR ( 9) }, /* Yukon Standard */
- { "ydt", tDAYZONE, HOUR ( 9) }, /* Yukon Daylight */
- { "hst", tZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii Standard */
- { "hdt", tDAYZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii Daylight */
- { "cat", tZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Central Alaska */
- { "ahst", tZONE, HOUR (10) }, /* Alaska-Hawaii Standard */
- { "nt", tZONE, HOUR (11) }, /* Nome */
- { "idlw", tZONE, HOUR (12) }, /* International Date Line West */
- { "cet", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Central European */
- { "met", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European */
- { "mewt", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European Winter */
- { "mest", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
- { "mesz", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
- { "swt", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Swedish Winter */
- { "sst", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* Swedish Summer */
- { "fwt", tZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* French Winter */
- { "fst", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (1) }, /* French Summer */
- { "eet", tZONE, -HOUR (2) }, /* Eastern Europe, USSR Zone 1 */
- { "bt", tZONE, -HOUR (3) }, /* Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 */
- { "zp4", tZONE, -HOUR (4) }, /* USSR Zone 3 */
- { "zp5", tZONE, -HOUR (5) }, /* USSR Zone 4 */
- { "zp6", tZONE, -HOUR (6) }, /* USSR Zone 5 */
- { "wast", tZONE, -HOUR (7) }, /* West Australian Standard */
- { "wadt", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (7) }, /* West Australian Daylight */
- { "cct", tZONE, -HOUR (8) }, /* China Coast, USSR Zone 7 */
- { "jst", tZONE, -HOUR (9) }, /* Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 */
- { "east", tZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Eastern Australian Standard */
- { "eadt", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Eastern Australian Daylight */
- { "gst", tZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Guam Standard, USSR Zone 9 */
- { "nzt", tZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand */
- { "nzst", tZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Standard */
- { "nzdt", tDAYZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Daylight */
- { "idle", tZONE, -HOUR (12) }, /* International Date Line East */
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Military timezone table. */
-static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
- { "a", tZONE, HOUR ( 1) },
- { "b", tZONE, HOUR ( 2) },
- { "c", tZONE, HOUR ( 3) },
- { "d", tZONE, HOUR ( 4) },
- { "e", tZONE, HOUR ( 5) },
- { "f", tZONE, HOUR ( 6) },
- { "g", tZONE, HOUR ( 7) },
- { "h", tZONE, HOUR ( 8) },
- { "i", tZONE, HOUR ( 9) },
- { "k", tZONE, HOUR ( 10) },
- { "l", tZONE, HOUR ( 11) },
- { "m", tZONE, HOUR ( 12) },
- { "n", tZONE, HOUR (- 1) },
- { "o", tZONE, HOUR (- 2) },
- { "p", tZONE, HOUR (- 3) },
- { "q", tZONE, HOUR (- 4) },
- { "r", tZONE, HOUR (- 5) },
- { "s", tZONE, HOUR (- 6) },
- { "t", tZONE, HOUR (- 7) },
- { "u", tZONE, HOUR (- 8) },
- { "v", tZONE, HOUR (- 9) },
- { "w", tZONE, HOUR (-10) },
- { "x", tZONE, HOUR (-11) },
- { "y", tZONE, HOUR (-12) },
- { "z", tZONE, HOUR ( 0) },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-
-
-
-static int yyerror (unused const char *s)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int ToHour (int Hours, MERIDIAN Meridian)
-{
- switch (Meridian)
- {
- case MER24:
- if (Hours < 0 || Hours > 23)
- return -1;
- return Hours;
- case MERam:
- if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
- return -1;
- if (Hours == 12)
- Hours = 0;
- return Hours;
- case MERpm:
- if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
- return -1;
- if (Hours == 12)
- Hours = 0;
- return Hours + 12;
- default:
- abort ();
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-static int ToYear (int Year)
-{
- if (Year < 0)
- Year = -Year;
-
- /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
- years 69-99 map to 1969-1999. */
- if (Year < 69)
- Year += 2000;
- else if (Year < 100)
- Year += 1900;
-
- return Year;
-}
-
-static int LookupWord (char *buff)
-{
- register char *p;
- register char *q;
- register const TABLE *tp;
- int i;
- bool abbrev;
-
- /* Make it lowercase. */
- for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
- if (isupper (*p))
- *p = tolower (*p);
-
- if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
- {
- yylval.Meridian = MERam;
- return tMERIDIAN;
- }
- if (strcmp (buff, "pm") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "p.m.") == 0)
- {
- yylval.Meridian = MERpm;
- return tMERIDIAN;
- }
-
- /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
- if (strlen (buff) == 3)
- abbrev = true;
- else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
- {
- abbrev = true;
- buff[3] = '\0';
- }
- else
- abbrev = false;
-
- for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
- {
- if (abbrev)
- {
- if (strncmp (buff, tp->name, 3) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- }
- else if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- }
-
- for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
- return tDST;
-
- for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again. */
- i = strlen (buff) - 1;
- if (buff[i] == 's')
- {
- buff[i] = '\0';
- for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- buff[i] = 's'; /* Put back for "this" in OtherTable. */
- }
-
- for (tp = OtherTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- /* Military timezones. */
- if (buff[1] == '\0' && isalpha (*buff))
- {
- for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
- }
-
- /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
- for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
- if (*q != '.')
- *p++ = *q;
- else
- i++;
- *p = '\0';
- if (0 != i)
- for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
- if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
- {
- yylval.Number = tp->value;
- return tp->type;
- }
-
- return tID;
-}
-
-static int
-yylex (void)
-{
- register char c;
- register char *p;
- char buff[20];
- int Count;
- int sign;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- while (isspace (*yyInput))
- yyInput++;
-
- if (isdigit (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
- {
- if (c == '-' || c == '+')
- {
- sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
- if (!isdigit (*++yyInput))
- /* skip the '-' sign */
- continue;
- }
- else
- sign = 0;
- for (yylval.Number = 0; isdigit (c = *yyInput++);)
- yylval.Number = 10 * yylval.Number + c - '0';
- yyInput--;
- if (sign < 0)
- yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
- return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
- }
- if (isalpha (c))
- {
- for (p = buff; (c = *yyInput++, isalpha (c)) || c == '.';)
- if (p < &buff[sizeof buff - 1])
- *p++ = c;
- *p = '\0';
- yyInput--;
- return LookupWord (buff);
- }
- if (c != '(')
- return *yyInput++;
- Count = 0;
- do
- {
- c = *yyInput++;
- if (c == '\0')
- return c;
- if (c == '(')
- Count++;
- else if (c == ')')
- Count--;
- }
- while (Count > 0);
- }
-}
-
-#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
-
-/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds. */
-static long difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
-{
- int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
- int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
- long days = (
- /* difference in day of year */
- a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
- /* + intervening leap days */
- + ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
- - (ay / 100 - by / 100)
- + ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
- /* + difference in years * 365 */
- + (long) (ay - by) * 365
- );
- return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
- + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
- + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
-}
-
-time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
-{
- struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
- time_t Start;
-
- yyInput = p;
- Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
- tmp = localtime (&Start);
- yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
- yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
- yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
- yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
- yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
- yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
- yyMeridian = MER24;
- yyRelSeconds = 0;
- yyRelMinutes = 0;
- yyRelHour = 0;
- yyRelDay = 0;
- yyRelMonth = 0;
- yyRelYear = 0;
- yyHaveDate = 0;
- yyHaveDay = 0;
- yyHaveRel = 0;
- yyHaveTime = 0;
- yyHaveZone = 0;
-
- if (yyparse ()
- || yyHaveTime > 1 || yyHaveZone > 1 || yyHaveDate > 1 || yyHaveDay > 1)
- return -1;
-
- tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
- tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
- tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
- if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
- ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
- {
- tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
- if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
- return -1;
- tm.tm_min = yyMinutes;
- tm.tm_sec = yySeconds;
- }
- else
- {
- tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
- }
- tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
- tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
- tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
- tm.tm_isdst = -1;
- tm0 = tm;
-
- Start = mktime (&tm);
-
- if (Start == (time_t) -1)
- {
-
- /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t boundaries
- when parsing times in other time zones. For example, if the min
- time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC and we are 8 hours ahead
- of UTC, then the min localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00; if
- we apply mktime to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 we will get an error, so
- we apply mktime to 1970-01-02 08:00:00 instead and adjust the time
- zone by 24 hours to compensate. This algorithm assumes that
- there is no DST transition within a day of the time_t boundaries. */
- if (yyHaveZone)
- {
- tm = tm0;
- if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
- {
- tm.tm_mday++;
- yyTimezone -= 24 * 60;
- }
- else
- {
- tm.tm_mday--;
- yyTimezone += 24 * 60;
- }
- Start = mktime (&tm);
- }
-
- if (Start == (time_t) -1)
- return Start;
- }
-
- if (yyHaveDay && !yyHaveDate)
- {
- tm.tm_mday += ((yyDayNumber - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
- + 7 * (yyDayOrdinal - (0 < yyDayOrdinal)));
- Start = mktime (&tm);
- if (Start == (time_t) -1)
- return Start;
- }
-
- if (yyHaveZone)
- {
- long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
- if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
- return -1; /* time_t overflow */
- Start += delta;
- }
-
- return Start;
-}
-
-#if defined (TEST)
-
-/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-main (ac, av)
- int ac;
- char *av[];
-{
- char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
- time_t d;
-
- (void) printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
- (void) fflush (stdout);
-
- buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
- while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
- {
- d = get_date (buff, (time_t *) NULL);
- if (d == -1)
- (void) printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
- else
- (void) printf ("%s", ctime (&d));
- (void) printf ("\t> ");
- (void) fflush (stdout);
- }
- exit (0);
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-#endif /* defined (TEST) */
diff --git a/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c b/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5294f50..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * getgr_nam_gid - Return a pointer to the group specified by a string.
- * The string may be a valid GID or a valid groupname.
- * If the group does not exist on the system, NULL is returned.
- */
-extern /*@only@*//*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (/*@null@*/const char *grname)
-{
- long long int gid;
- char *endptr;
-
- if (NULL == grname) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- errno = 0;
- gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
- if ( ('\0' != *grname)
- && ('\0' == *endptr)
- && (ERANGE != errno)
- && (/*@+longintegral@*/gid == (gid_t)gid)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
- return xgetgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
- }
- return xgetgrnam (grname);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/getrange.c b/libmisc/getrange.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 82f2edf..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getrange.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id: $"
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * Parse a range and indicate if the range is valid.
- * Valid ranges are in the form:
- * <long> -> min=max=long has_min has_max
- * -<long> -> max=long !has_min has_max
- * <long>- -> min=long has_min !has_max
- * <long1>-<long2> -> min=long1 max=long2 has_min has_max
- *
- * If the range is valid, getrange returns 1.
- * If the range is not valid, getrange returns 0.
- */
-int getrange (const char *range,
- unsigned long *min, bool *has_min,
- unsigned long *max, bool *has_max)
-{
- char *endptr;
- unsigned long n;
-
- if (NULL == range) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ('-' == range[0]) {
- if (!isdigit(range[1])) {
- /* invalid */
- return 0;
- }
- errno = 0;
- n = strtoul (&range[1], &endptr, 10);
- if (('\0' != *endptr) || (ERANGE == errno)) {
- /* invalid */
- return 0;
- }
- /* -<long> */
- *has_min = false;
- *has_max = true;
- *max = n;
- } else {
- errno = 0;
- n = strtoul (range, &endptr, 10);
- if (ERANGE == errno) {
- /* invalid */
- return 0;
- }
- switch (*endptr) {
- case '\0':
- /* <long> */
- *has_min = true;
- *has_max = true;
- *min = n;
- *max = n;
- break;
- case '-':
- endptr++;
- if ('\0' == *endptr) {
- /* <long>- */
- *has_min = true;
- *has_max = false;
- *min = n;
- } else if (!isdigit (*endptr)) {
- /* invalid */
- return 0;
- } else {
- *has_min = true;
- *min = n;
- errno = 0;
- n = strtoul (endptr, &endptr, 10);
- if ( ('\0' != *endptr)
- || (ERANGE == errno)) {
- /* invalid */
- return 0;
- }
- /* <long>-<long> */
- *has_max = true;
- *max = n;
- }
- break;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/gettime.c b/libmisc/gettime.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b288402..0000000
--- a/libmisc/gettime.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017, Chris Lamb
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the Epoch
- *
- * Like time(), gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the
- * Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC), except that if the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
- * environment variable is exported it will use that instead.
- */
-/*@observer@*/time_t gettime ()
-{
- char *endptr;
- char *source_date_epoch;
- time_t fallback;
- unsigned long long epoch;
- FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
- fallback = time (NULL);
- source_date_epoch = shadow_getenv ("SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH");
-
- if (!source_date_epoch)
- return fallback;
-
- errno = 0;
- epoch = strtoull (source_date_epoch, &endptr, 10);
- if ((errno == ERANGE && (epoch == ULLONG_MAX || epoch == 0))
- || (errno != 0 && epoch == 0)) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: strtoull: %s\n"),
- strerror(errno));
- } else if (endptr == source_date_epoch) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: No digits were found: %s\n"),
- endptr);
- } else if (*endptr != '\0') {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: Trailing garbage: %s\n"),
- endptr);
- } else if (epoch > ULONG_MAX) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to %lu but was found to be: %llu\n"),
- ULONG_MAX, epoch);
- } else if (epoch > fallback) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to the current time (%lu) but was found to be: %llu\n"),
- fallback, epoch);
- } else {
- /* Valid */
- return (time_t)epoch;
- }
-
- return fallback;
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/hushed.c b/libmisc/hushed.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 84b2f55..0000000
--- a/libmisc/hushed.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1993, Chip Rosenthal
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * hushed - determine if a user receives login messages
- *
- * Look in the hushed-logins file (or user's home directory) to see
- * if the user is to receive the login-time messages.
- */
-bool hushed (const char *username)
-{
- struct passwd *pw;
- const char *hushfile;
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- bool found;
- FILE *fp;
-
- /*
- * Get the name of the file to use. If this option is not
- * defined, default to a noisy login.
- */
-
- hushfile = getdef_str ("HUSHLOGIN_FILE");
- if (NULL == hushfile) {
- return false;
- }
-
- pw = getpwnam (username);
- if (NULL == pw) {
- return false;
- }
-
- /*
- * If this is not a fully rooted path then see if the
- * file exists in the user's home directory.
- */
-
- if (hushfile[0] != '/') {
- (void) snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%s/%s", pw->pw_dir, hushfile);
- return (access (buf, F_OK) == 0);
- }
-
- /*
- * If this is a fully rooted path then go through the file
- * and see if this user, or its shell is in there.
- */
-
- fp = fopen (hushfile, "r");
- if (NULL == fp) {
- return false;
- }
- for (found = false; !found && (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf);) {
- buf[strcspn (buf, "\n")] = '\0';
- found = (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_shell) == 0) ||
- (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_name) == 0);
- }
- (void) fclose (fp);
- return found;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/idmapping.c b/libmisc/idmapping.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 30eb89f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/idmapping.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2013 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "idmapping.h"
-#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
-#include <sys/prctl.h>
-#include <sys/capability.h>
-#endif
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv)
-{
- struct map_range *mappings, *mapping;
- int idx, argidx;
-
- if (ranges < 0 || argc < 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "%s: error calculating number of arguments\n", log_get_progname());
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (ranges != ((argc + 2) / 3)) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "%s: ranges: %u is wrong for argc: %d\n", log_get_progname(), ranges, argc);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if ((ranges * 3) > argc) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "ranges: %u argc: %d\n",
- ranges, argc);
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
- _( "%s: Not enough arguments to form %u mappings\n"),
- log_get_progname(), ranges);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- mappings = calloc(ranges, sizeof(*mappings));
- if (!mappings) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: Memory allocation failure\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- /* Gather up the ranges from the command line */
- mapping = mappings;
- for (idx = 0, argidx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, argidx += 3, mapping++) {
- if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 0], &mapping->upper)) {
- free(mappings);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 1], &mapping->lower)) {
- free(mappings);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 2], &mapping->count)) {
- free(mappings);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (ULONG_MAX - mapping->upper <= mapping->count || ULONG_MAX - mapping->lower <= mapping->count) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- if (mapping->upper > UINT_MAX ||
- mapping->lower > UINT_MAX ||
- mapping->count > UINT_MAX) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- if (mapping->lower + mapping->count > UINT_MAX ||
- mapping->upper + mapping->count > UINT_MAX) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- if (mapping->lower + mapping->count < mapping->lower ||
- mapping->upper + mapping->count < mapping->upper) {
- /* this one really shouldn't be possible given previous checks */
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- }
- return mappings;
-}
-
-/* Number of ascii digits needed to print any unsigned long in decimal.
- * There are approximately 10 bits for every 3 decimal digits.
- * So from bits to digits the formula is roundup((Number of bits)/10) * 3.
- * For common sizes of integers this works out to:
- * 2bytes --> 6 ascii estimate -> 65536 (5 real)
- * 4bytes --> 12 ascii estimated -> 4294967296 (10 real)
- * 8bytes --> 21 ascii estimated -> 18446744073709551616 (20 real)
- * 16bytes --> 39 ascii estimated -> 340282366920938463463374607431768211456 (39 real)
- */
-#define ULONG_DIGITS ((((sizeof(unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT) + 9)/10)*3)
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
-static inline bool maps_lower_root(int cap, int ranges, const struct map_range *mappings)
-{
- int idx;
- const struct map_range *mapping;
-
- if (cap != CAP_SETUID)
- return false;
-
- mapping = mappings;
- for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
- if (mapping->lower == 0)
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The ruid refers to the caller's uid and is used to reset the effective uid
- * back to the callers real uid.
- * This clutch mainly exists for setuid-based new{g,u}idmap binaries that are
- * called in contexts where all capabilities other than the necessary
- * CAP_SET{G,U}ID capabilities are dropped. Since the kernel will require
- * assurance that the caller holds CAP_SYS_ADMIN over the target user namespace
- * the only way it can confirm is in this case is if the effective uid is
- * equivalent to the uid owning the target user namespace.
- * Note, we only support this when a) new{g,u}idmap is not called by root and
- * b) if the caller's uid and the uid retrieved via system appropriate means
- * (shadow file or other) are identical. Specifically, this does not support
- * when the root user calls the new{g,u}idmap binary for an unprivileged user.
- * If this is wanted: use file capabilities!
- */
-void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges, const struct map_range *mappings,
- const char *map_file, uid_t ruid)
-{
- int idx;
- const struct map_range *mapping;
- size_t bufsize;
- char *buf, *pos;
- int fd;
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
- int cap;
- struct __user_cap_header_struct hdr = {_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0};
- struct __user_cap_data_struct data[2] = {{0}};
-
- if (strcmp(map_file, "uid_map") == 0) {
- cap = CAP_SETUID;
- } else if (strcmp(map_file, "gid_map") == 0) {
- cap = CAP_SETGID;
- } else {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Invalid map file %s specified\n"), log_get_progname(), map_file);
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- /* Align setuid- and fscaps-based new{g,u}idmap behavior. */
- if (geteuid() == 0 && geteuid() != ruid) {
- if (prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS, 1, 0, 0, 0) < 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS)\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- if (seteuid(ruid) < 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not seteuid to %d\n"), log_get_progname(), ruid);
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- }
-
- /* Lockdown new{g,u}idmap by dropping all unneeded capabilities. */
- memset(data, 0, sizeof(data));
- data[0].effective = CAP_TO_MASK(cap);
- /*
- * When uid 0 from the ancestor userns is supposed to be mapped into
- * the child userns we need to retain CAP_SETFCAP.
- */
- if (maps_lower_root(cap, ranges, mappings))
- data[0].effective |= CAP_TO_MASK(CAP_SETFCAP);
- data[0].permitted = data[0].effective;
- if (capset(&hdr, data) < 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not set caps\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-#endif
-
- bufsize = ranges * ((ULONG_DIGITS + 1) * 3);
- pos = buf = xmalloc(bufsize);
-
- /* Build the mapping command */
- mapping = mappings;
- for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
- /* Append this range to the string that will be written */
- int written = snprintf(pos, bufsize - (pos - buf),
- "%lu %lu %lu\n",
- mapping->upper,
- mapping->lower,
- mapping->count);
- if ((written <= 0) || (written >= (bufsize - (pos - buf)))) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: snprintf failed!\n"), log_get_progname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- pos += written;
- }
-
- /* Write the mapping to the mapping file */
- fd = openat(proc_dir_fd, map_file, O_WRONLY);
- if (fd < 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: open of %s failed: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), map_file, strerror(errno));
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- if (write(fd, buf, pos - buf) != (pos - buf)) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: write to %s failed: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), map_file, strerror(errno));
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- close(fd);
- free(buf);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/idmapping.h b/libmisc/idmapping.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 46d4631..0000000
--- a/libmisc/idmapping.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2013 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#ifndef _IDMAPPING_H_
-#define _IDMAPPING_H_
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-struct map_range {
- unsigned long upper; /* first ID inside the namespace */
- unsigned long lower; /* first ID outside the namespace */
- unsigned long count; /* Length of the inside and outside ranges */
-};
-
-extern struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv);
-extern void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges,
- const struct map_range *mappings, const char *map_file, uid_t ruid);
-
-#endif /* _ID_MAPPING_H_ */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/isexpired.c b/libmisc/isexpired.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ff20396..0000000
--- a/libmisc/isexpired.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Extracted from age.c and made part of libshadow.a - may be useful
- * in other shadow-aware programs. --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * isexpired - determine if account is expired yet
- *
- * isexpired calculates the expiration date based on the
- * password expiration criteria.
- *
- * Return value:
- * 0: The password is still valid
- * 1: The password has expired, it must be changed
- * 2: The password has expired since a long time and the account is
- * now disabled. (password cannot be changed)
- * 3: The account has expired
- */
-int isexpired (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
-{
- long now;
-
- now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
-
- if (NULL == sp) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * Quick and easy - there is an expired account field
- * along with an inactive account field. Do the expired
- * one first since it is worse.
- */
-
- if ((sp->sp_expire > 0) && (now >= sp->sp_expire)) {
- return 3;
- }
-
- /*
- * Last changed date 1970-01-01 (not very likely) means that
- * the password must be changed on next login (passwd -e).
- *
- * The check for "x" is a workaround for RedHat NYS libc bug -
- * if /etc/shadow doesn't exist, getspnam() still succeeds and
- * returns sp_lstchg==0 (must change password) instead of -1!
- */
- if ( (0 == sp->sp_lstchg)
- && (strcmp (pw->pw_passwd, SHADOW_PASSWD_STRING) == 0)) {
- return 1;
- }
-
- if ( (sp->sp_lstchg > 0)
- && (sp->sp_max >= 0)
- && (sp->sp_inact >= 0)
- && (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max + sp->sp_inact))) {
- return 2;
- }
-
- /*
- * The last and max fields must be present for an account
- * to have an expired password. A maximum of >10000 days
- * is considered to be infinite.
- */
-
- if ( (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
- || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
- || (sp->sp_max >= ((10000L * DAY) / SCALE))) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * Calculate today's day and the day on which the password
- * is going to expire. If that date has already passed,
- * the password has expired.
- */
-
- if (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max)) {
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/limits.c b/libmisc/limits.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fea85fe..0000000
--- a/libmisc/limits.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,589 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Separated from setup.c. --marekm
- * Resource limits thanks to Cristian Gafton.
- * Enhancements of resource limit code by Thomas Orgis <thomas@orgis.org>
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#define LIMITS
-#endif
-#ifdef LIMITS
-#ifndef LIMITS_FILE
-#define LIMITS_FILE "/etc/limits"
-#endif
-#define LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT 1
-#define LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN 2
-/* Set a limit on a resource */
-/*
- * rlimit - RLIMIT_XXXX
- * value - string value to be read
- * multiplier - value*multiplier is the actual limit
- */
-static int setrlimit_value (unsigned int resource,
- const char *value,
- unsigned int multiplier)
-{
- struct rlimit rlim;
- rlim_t limit;
-
- /* The "-" is special, not belonging to a strange negative limit.
- * It is infinity, in a controlled way.
- */
- if ('-' == value[0]) {
- limit = RLIM_INFINITY;
- }
- else {
- /* We cannot use getlong here because it fails when there
- * is more to the value than just this number!
- * Also, we are limited to base 10 here (hex numbers will not
- * work with the limit string parser as is anyway)
- */
- char *endptr;
- long longlimit = strtol (value, &endptr, 10);
- if ((0 == longlimit) && (value == endptr)) {
- /* No argument at all. No-op.
- * FIXME: We could instead throw an error, though.
- */
- return 0;
- }
- longlimit *= multiplier;
- limit = (rlim_t)longlimit;
- if (longlimit != limit)
- {
- /* FIXME: Again, silent error handling...
- * Wouldn't screaming make more sense?
- */
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- rlim.rlim_cur = limit;
- rlim.rlim_max = limit;
- if (setrlimit (resource, &rlim) != 0) {
- return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-static int set_prio (const char *value)
-{
- long prio;
-
- if ( (getlong (value, &prio) == 0)
- || (prio != (int) prio)) {
- return 0;
- }
- if (setpriority (PRIO_PROCESS, 0, (int) prio) != 0) {
- return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-static int set_umask (const char *value)
-{
- unsigned long int mask;
-
- if ( (getulong (value, &mask) == 0)
- || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- (void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Counts the number of user logins and check against the limit */
-static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
-{
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
- struct utmpx *ut;
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
- struct utmp *ut;
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
- unsigned long limit, count;
-
- if (getulong (maxlogins, &limit) == 0) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (0 == limit) { /* maximum 0 logins ? */
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "No logins allowed for `%s'\n", name));
- return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
- }
-
- count = 0;
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
- setutxent ();
- while ((ut = getutxent ()))
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
- setutent ();
- while ((ut = getutent ()))
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
- {
- if (USER_PROCESS != ut->ut_type) {
- continue;
- }
- if ('\0' == ut->ut_user[0]) {
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (name, ut->ut_user, sizeof (ut->ut_user)) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
- count++;
- if (count > limit) {
- break;
- }
- }
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
- endutxent ();
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
- endutent ();
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
- /*
- * This is called after setutmp(), so the number of logins counted
- * includes the user who is currently trying to log in.
- */
- if (count > limit) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Too many logins (max %lu) for %s\n",
- limit, name));
- return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Function setup_user_limits - checks/set limits for the current login
- * Original idea from Joel Katz's lshell. Ported to shadow-login
- * by Cristian Gafton - gafton@sorosis.ro
- *
- * We are passed a string of the form ('BASH' constants for ulimit)
- * [Aa][Cc][Dd][Ff][Mm][Nn][Rr][Ss][Tt][Uu][Ll][Pp][Ii][Oo]
- * (eg. 'C2F256D2048N5' or 'C2 F256 D2048 N5')
- * where:
- * [Aa]: a = RLIMIT_AS max address space (KB)
- * [Cc]: c = RLIMIT_CORE max core file size (KB)
- * [Dd]: d = RLIMIT_DATA max data size (KB)
- * [Ff]: f = RLIMIT_FSIZE max file size (KB)
- * [Ii]: i = RLIMIT_NICE max nice value (0..39 translates to 20..-19)
- * [Kk]: k = file creation masK (umask)
- * [Ll]: l = max number of logins for this user
- * [Mm]: m = RLIMIT_MEMLOCK max locked-in-memory address space (KB)
- * [Nn]: n = RLIMIT_NOFILE max number of open files
- * [Oo]: o = RLIMIT_RTPRIO max real time priority (linux/sched.h 0..MAX_RT_PRIO)
- * [Pp]: p = process priority -20..20 (negative = high, positive = low)
- * [Rr]: r = RLIMIT_RSS max resident set size (KB)
- * [Ss]: s = RLIMIT_STACK max stack size (KB)
- * [Tt]: t = RLIMIT_CPU max CPU time (MIN)
- * [Uu]: u = RLIMIT_NPROC max number of processes
- *
- * NOTE: Remember to extend the "no-limits" string below when adding a new
- * limit...
- *
- * Return value:
- * 0 = okay, of course
- * LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT = error setting some RLIMIT
- * LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN = error - too many logins for this user
- *
- * buf - the limits string
- * name - the username
- */
-static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
-{
- const char *pp;
- int retval = 0;
- bool reported = false;
-
- pp = buf;
- /* Skip leading whitespace. */
- while ((' ' == *pp) || ('\t' == *pp)) {
- pp++;
- }
-
- /* The special limit string "-" results in no limit for all known
- * limits.
- * We achieve that by parsing a full limit string, parts of it
- * being ignored if a limit type is not known to the system.
- * Though, there will be complaining for unknown limit types.
- */
- if (strcmp (pp, "-") == 0) {
- /* Remember to extend this, too, when adding new limits!
- * Oh... but "unlimited" does not make sense for umask,
- * or does it? (K-)
- */
- pp = "A- C- D- F- I- L- M- N- O- P- R- S- T- U-";
- }
-
- while ('\0' != *pp) {
- switch (*pp++) {
-#ifdef RLIMIT_AS
- case 'a':
- case 'A':
- /* RLIMIT_AS - max address space (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_AS, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
- case 'c':
- case 'C':
- /* RLIMIT_CORE - max core file size (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CORE, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
- case 'd':
- case 'D':
- /* RLIMIT_DATA - max data size (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_DATA, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
- case 'f':
- case 'F':
- /* RLIMIT_FSIZE - Maximum filesize (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_FSIZE, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NICE
- case 'i':
- case 'I':
- /* RLIMIT_NICE - max scheduling priority (0..39) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NICE, pp, 1);
- break;
-#endif
- case 'k':
- case 'K':
- retval |= set_umask (pp);
- break;
- case 'l':
- case 'L':
- /* LIMIT the number of concurrent logins */
- retval |= check_logins (name, pp);
- break;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
- case 'm':
- case 'M':
- /* RLIMIT_MEMLOCK - max locked-in-memory address space (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
- case 'n':
- case 'N':
- /* RLIMIT_NOFILE - max number of open files */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NOFILE, pp, 1);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO
- case 'o':
- case 'O':
- /* RLIMIT_RTPRIO - max real time priority (0..MAX_RT_PRIO) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RTPRIO, pp, 1);
- break;
-#endif
- case 'p':
- case 'P':
- retval |= set_prio (pp);
- break;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
- case 'r':
- case 'R':
- /* RLIMIT_RSS - max resident set size (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RSS, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
- case 's':
- case 'S':
- /* RLIMIT_STACK - max stack size (KB) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_STACK, pp, 1024);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
- case 't':
- case 'T':
- /* RLIMIT_CPU - max CPU time (MIN) */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CPU, pp, 60);
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
- case 'u':
- case 'U':
- /* RLIMIT_NPROC - max number of processes */
- retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NPROC, pp, 1);
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- /* Only report invalid strings once */
- /* Note: A string can be invalid just because a
- * specific (theoretically valid) setting is not
- * supported by this build.
- * It is just a warning in syslog anyway. The line
- * is still processed
- */
- if (!reported) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Invalid limit string: '%s'",
- pp-1));
- reported = true;
- retval |= LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
- }
- }
- /* After parsing one limit setting (or just complaining
- * about it), one still needs to skip its argument to
- * prevent a bogus warning on trying to parse that as
- * limit specification.
- * So, let's skip all digits, "-" and our limited set of
- * whitespace.
- */
- while ( isdigit (*pp)
- || ('-' == *pp)
- || (' ' == *pp)
- || ('\t' ==*pp)) {
- pp++;
- }
- }
- return retval;
-}
-
-/* Check if user uname is in the group gname.
- * Can I be sure that gr_mem contains no UID as string?
- * Returns true when user is in the group, false when not.
- * Any error is treated as false.
- */
-static bool user_in_group (const char *uname, const char *gname)
-{
- struct group *groupdata;
-
- if (uname == NULL || gname == NULL) {
- return false;
- }
-
- /* We are not claiming to be re-entrant!
- * In case of paranoia or a multithreaded login program,
- * one needs to add some mess for getgrnam_r. */
- groupdata = getgrnam (gname);
- if (NULL == groupdata) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "Nonexisting group `%s' in limits file.",
- gname));
- return false;
- }
-
- return is_on_list (groupdata->gr_mem, uname);
-}
-
-static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
-{
- FILE *fil;
- char buf[1024];
- char name[1024];
- char limits[1024];
- char deflimits[1024];
- char tempbuf[1024];
-
- /* init things */
- memzero (buf, sizeof (buf));
- memzero (name, sizeof (name));
- memzero (limits, sizeof (limits));
- memzero (deflimits, sizeof (deflimits));
- memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
-
- /* start the checks */
- fil = fopen (LIMITS_FILE, "r");
- if (fil == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
- /* The limits file have the following format:
- * - '#' (comment) chars only as first chars on a line;
- * - username must start on first column (or *, or @group)
- *
- * FIXME: A better (smarter) checking should be done
- */
- while (fgets (buf, 1024, fil) != NULL) {
- if (('#' == buf[0]) || ('\n' == buf[0])) {
- continue;
- }
- memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
- /* a valid line should have a username, then spaces,
- * then limits
- * we allow the format:
- * username L2 D2048 R4096
- * where spaces={' ',\t}. Also, we reject invalid limits.
- * Imposing a limit should be done with care, so a wrong
- * entry means no care anyway :-).
- *
- * A '-' as a limits strings means no limits
- *
- * The username can also be:
- * '*': the default limits (only the last is taken into
- * account)
- * @group: the limit applies to the members of the group
- *
- * To clarify: The first entry with matching user name rules,
- * everything after it is ignored. If there is no user entry,
- * the last encountered entry for a matching group rules.
- * If there is no matching group entry, the default limits rule.
- */
- if (sscanf (buf, "%s%[ACDFIKLMNOPRSTUacdfiklmnoprstu0-9 \t-]",
- name, tempbuf) == 2) {
- if (strcmp (name, uname) == 0) {
- strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
- break;
- } else if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) {
- strcpy (deflimits, tempbuf);
- } else if (name[0] == '@') {
- /* If the user is in the group, the group
- * limits apply unless later a line for
- * the specific user is found.
- */
- if (user_in_group (uname, name+1)) {
- strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- (void) fclose (fil);
- if (limits[0] == '\0') {
- /* no user specific limits */
- if (deflimits[0] == '\0') { /* no default limits */
- return 0;
- }
- strcpy (limits, deflimits); /* use the default limits */
- }
- return do_user_limits (limits, uname);
-}
-#endif /* LIMITS */
-
-
-static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
-{
- const struct group *grp;
-
-/*
- * if not root, and UID == GID, and username is the same as primary
- * group name, set umask group bits to be the same as owner bits
- * (examples: 022 -> 002, 077 -> 007).
- */
- if ((0 != info->pw_uid) && (info->pw_uid == info->pw_gid)) {
- /* local, no need for xgetgrgid */
- grp = getgrgid (info->pw_gid);
- if ( (NULL != grp)
- && (strcmp (info->pw_name, grp->gr_name) == 0)) {
- mode_t tmpmask;
- tmpmask = umask (0777);
- tmpmask = (tmpmask & ~070) | ((tmpmask >> 3) & 070);
- (void) umask (tmpmask);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * set the process nice, ulimit, and umask from the password file entry
- */
-
-void setup_limits (const struct passwd *info)
-{
- char *cp;
-
- if (getdef_bool ("USERGROUPS_ENAB")) {
- setup_usergroups (info);
- }
-
- /*
- * See if the GECOS field contains values for NICE, UMASK or ULIMIT.
- * If this feature is enabled in /etc/login.defs, we make those
- * values the defaults for this login session.
- */
-
- if (getdef_bool ("QUOTAS_ENAB")) {
-#ifdef LIMITS
- if (info->pw_uid != 0) {
- if ((setup_user_limits (info->pw_name) & LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN) != 0) {
- (void) fputs (_("Too many logins.\n"), log_get_logfd());
- (void) sleep (2); /* XXX: Should be FAIL_DELAY */
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- }
-#endif
- for (cp = info->pw_gecos; cp != NULL; cp = strchr (cp, ',')) {
- if (',' == *cp) {
- cp++;
- }
-
- if (strncmp (cp, "pri=", 4) == 0) {
- long int inc;
- if ( (getlong (cp + 4, &inc) == 1)
- && (inc >= -20) && (inc <= 20)) {
- errno = 0;
- if ( (nice ((int) inc) != -1)
- || (0 != errno)) {
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- /* Failed to parse or failed to nice() */
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't set the nice value for user %s",
- info->pw_name));
-
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (cp, "ulimit=", 7) == 0) {
- long int blocks;
- if ( (getlong (cp + 7, &blocks) == 0)
- || (blocks != (int) blocks)
- || (set_filesize_limit ((int) blocks) != 0)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't set the ulimit for user %s",
- info->pw_name));
- }
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (cp, "umask=", 6) == 0) {
- unsigned long int mask;
- if ( (getulong (cp + 6, &mask) == 0)
- || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't set umask value for user %s",
- info->pw_name));
- } else {
- (void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
- }
-
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-#else /* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/list.c b/libmisc/list.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7ec77..0000000
--- a/libmisc/list.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-/*
- * add_list - add a member to a list of group members
- *
- * the array of member names is searched for the new member
- * name, and if not present it is added to a freshly allocated
- * list of users.
- */
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **add_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
-{
- int i;
- char **tmp;
-
- assert (NULL != member);
- assert (NULL != list);
-
- /*
- * Scan the list for the new name. Return the original list
- * pointer if it is present.
- */
-
- for (i = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
- if (strcmp (list[i], member) == 0) {
- return list;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Allocate a new list pointer large enough to hold all the
- * old entries, and the new entries as well.
- */
-
- tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 2) * sizeof member);
-
- /*
- * Copy the original list to the new list, then append the
- * new member and NULL terminate the result. This new list
- * is returned to the invoker.
- */
-
- for (i = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
- tmp[i] = list[i];
- }
-
- tmp[i] = xstrdup (member);
- tmp[i+1] = (char *) 0;
-
- return tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- * del_list - delete a member from a list of group members
- *
- * the array of member names is searched for the old member
- * name, and if present it is deleted from a freshly allocated
- * list of users.
- */
-
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **del_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
-{
- int i, j;
- char **tmp;
-
- assert (NULL != member);
- assert (NULL != list);
-
- /*
- * Scan the list for the old name. Return the original list
- * pointer if it is not present.
- */
-
- for (i = j = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
- if (strcmp (list[i], member) != 0) {
- j++;
- }
- }
-
- if (j == i) {
- return list;
- }
-
- /*
- * Allocate a new list pointer large enough to hold all the
- * old entries.
- */
-
- tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((j + 1) * sizeof member);
-
- /*
- * Copy the original list except the deleted members to the
- * new list, then NULL terminate the result. This new list
- * is returned to the invoker.
- */
-
- for (i = j = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
- if (strcmp (list[i], member) != 0) {
- tmp[j] = list[i];
- j++;
- }
- }
-
- tmp[j] = (char *) 0;
-
- return tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- * Duplicate a list.
- * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
- * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
- * constant strings here.
- */
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **dup_list (char *const *list)
-{
- int i;
- char **tmp;
-
- assert (NULL != list);
-
- for (i = 0; NULL != list[i]; i++);
-
- tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
-
- i = 0;
- while (NULL != *list) {
- tmp[i] = xstrdup (*list);
- i++;
- list++;
- }
-
- tmp[i] = (char *) 0;
- return tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if member is part of the input list
- * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
- * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
- * constant strings here.
- */
-bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
-{
- assert (NULL != member);
- assert (NULL != list);
-
- while (NULL != *list) {
- if (strcmp (*list, member) == 0) {
- return true;
- }
- list++;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/*
- * comma_to_list - convert comma-separated list to (char *) array
- */
-
-/*@only@*/char **comma_to_list (const char *comma)
-{
- char *members;
- char **array;
- int i;
- char *cp;
- char *cp2;
-
- assert (NULL != comma);
-
- /*
- * Make a copy since we are going to be modifying the list
- */
-
- members = xstrdup (comma);
-
- /*
- * Count the number of commas in the list
- */
-
- for (cp = members, i = 0;; i++) {
- cp2 = strchr (cp, ',');
- if (NULL != cp2) {
- cp = cp2 + 1;
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Add 2 - one for the ending NULL, the other for the last item
- */
-
- i += 2;
-
- /*
- * Allocate the array we're going to store the pointers into.
- */
-
- array = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * i);
-
- /*
- * Empty list is special - 0 members, not 1 empty member. --marekm
- */
-
- if ('\0' == *members) {
- *array = (char *) 0;
- free (members);
- return array;
- }
-
- /*
- * Now go walk that list all over again, this time building the
- * array of pointers.
- */
-
- for (cp = members, i = 0;; i++) {
- array[i] = cp;
- cp2 = strchr (cp, ',');
- if (NULL != cp2) {
- *cp2 = '\0';
- cp2++;
- cp = cp2;
- } else {
- array[i + 1] = (char *) 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Return the new array of pointers
- */
-
- return array;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/log.c b/libmisc/log.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a220be0..0000000
--- a/libmisc/log.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <lastlog.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * dolastlog - create lastlog entry
- *
- * A "last login" entry is created for the user being logged in. The
- * UID is extracted from the global (struct passwd) entry and the
- * TTY information is gotten from the (struct utmp).
- */
-void dolastlog (
- struct lastlog *ll,
- const struct passwd *pw,
- /*@unique@*/const char *line,
- /*@unique@*/const char *host)
-{
- int fd;
- off_t offset;
- struct lastlog newlog;
- time_t ll_time;
-
- /*
- * If the file does not exist, don't create it.
- */
-
- fd = open (LASTLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
- if (-1 == fd) {
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * The file is indexed by UID number. Seek to the record
- * for this UID. Negative UID's will create problems, but ...
- */
-
- offset = (off_t) pw->pw_uid * sizeof newlog;
-
- if (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't read last lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s. Entry not updated.",
- (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
- (void) close (fd);
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Read the old entry so we can tell the user when they last
- * logged in. Then construct the new entry and write it out
- * the way we read the old one in.
- */
-
- if (read (fd, (void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog) {
- memzero (&newlog, sizeof newlog);
- }
- if (NULL != ll) {
- *ll = newlog;
- }
-
- ll_time = newlog.ll_time;
- (void) time (&ll_time);
- newlog.ll_time = ll_time;
- strncpy (newlog.ll_line, line, sizeof (newlog.ll_line) - 1);
-#if HAVE_LL_HOST
- strncpy (newlog.ll_host, host, sizeof (newlog.ll_host) - 1);
-#endif
- if ( (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset)
- || (write (fd, (const void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog)
- || (close (fd) != 0)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "Can't write lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
- (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
- (void) close (fd);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/loginprompt.c b/libmisc/loginprompt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a67f46..0000000
--- a/libmisc/loginprompt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-static void login_exit (unused int sig)
-{
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-/*
- * login_prompt - prompt the user for their login name
- *
- * login_prompt() displays the standard login prompt. If ISSUE_FILE
- * is set in login.defs, this file is displayed before the prompt.
- */
-
-void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
-{
- char buf[1024];
-
-#define MAX_ENV 32
- char *envp[MAX_ENV];
- char *cp;
- int i;
- FILE *fp;
-
- sighandler_t sigquit;
-#ifdef SIGTSTP
- sighandler_t sigtstp;
-#endif
-
- /*
- * There is a small chance that a QUIT character will be part of
- * some random noise during a prompt. Deal with this by exiting
- * instead of core dumping. If SIGTSTP is defined, do the same
- * thing for that signal.
- */
-
- sigquit = signal (SIGQUIT, login_exit);
-#ifdef SIGTSTP
- sigtstp = signal (SIGTSTP, login_exit);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * See if the user has configured the issue file to
- * be displayed and display it before the prompt.
- */
-
- if (NULL != prompt) {
- const char *fname = getdef_str ("ISSUE_FILE");
- if (NULL != fname) {
- fp = fopen (fname, "r");
- if (NULL != fp) {
- while ((i = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
- (void) putc (i, stdout);
- }
-
- (void) fclose (fp);
- }
- }
- (void) gethostname (buf, sizeof buf);
- printf (prompt, buf);
- (void) fflush (stdout);
- }
-
- /*
- * Read the user's response. The trailing newline will be
- * removed.
- */
-
- memzero (buf, sizeof buf);
- if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) != buf) {
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
- if (NULL == cp) {
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- *cp = '\0'; /* remove \n [ must be there ] */
-
- /*
- * Skip leading whitespace. This makes " username" work right.
- * Then copy the rest (up to the end or the first "non-graphic"
- * character into the username.
- */
-
- for (cp = buf; *cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t'; cp++);
-
- for (i = 0; i < namesize - 1 && isgraph (*cp); name[i++] = *cp++);
- while (isgraph (*cp)) {
- cp++;
- }
-
- if ('\0' != *cp) {
- cp++;
- }
-
- name[i] = '\0';
-
- /*
- * This is a disaster, at best. The user may have entered extra
- * environmental variables at the prompt. There are several ways
- * to do this, and I just take the easy way out.
- */
-
- if ('\0' != *cp) { /* process new variables */
- char *nvar;
- int count = 1;
- int envc;
-
- for (envc = 0; envc < MAX_ENV; envc++) {
- nvar = strtok ((0 != envc) ? (char *) 0 : cp, " \t,");
- if (NULL == nvar) {
- break;
- }
- if (strchr (nvar, '=') != NULL) {
- envp[envc] = nvar;
- } else {
- size_t len = strlen (nvar) + 32;
- envp[envc] = xmalloc (len);
- (void) snprintf (envp[envc], len,
- "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
- }
- }
- set_env (envc, envp);
- }
-
- /*
- * Set the SIGQUIT handler back to its original value
- */
-
- (void) signal (SIGQUIT, sigquit);
-#ifdef SIGTSTP
- (void) signal (SIGTSTP, sigtstp);
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/mail.c b/libmisc/mail.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 647f879..0000000
--- a/libmisc/mail.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-void mailcheck (void)
-{
- struct stat statbuf;
- char *mailbox;
-
- if (!getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Check incoming mail in Maildir format - J.
- */
- mailbox = getenv ("MAILDIR");
- if (NULL != mailbox) {
- char *newmail;
- size_t len = strlen (mailbox) + 5;
- int wlen;
-
- newmail = xmalloc (len);
- wlen = snprintf (newmail, len, "%s/new", mailbox);
- assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
-
- if (stat (newmail, &statbuf) != -1 && statbuf.st_size != 0) {
- if (statbuf.st_mtime > statbuf.st_atime) {
- free (newmail);
- (void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
- return;
- }
- }
- free (newmail);
- }
-
- mailbox = getenv ("MAIL");
- if (NULL == mailbox) {
- return;
- }
-
- if ( (stat (mailbox, &statbuf) == -1)
- || (statbuf.st_size == 0)) {
- (void) puts (_("No mail."));
- } else if (statbuf.st_atime > statbuf.st_mtime) {
- (void) puts (_("You have mail."));
- } else {
- (void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/motd.c b/libmisc/motd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f7e523..0000000
--- a/libmisc/motd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2010 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * motd -- output the /etc/motd file
- *
- * motd() determines the name of a login announcement file and outputs
- * it to the user's terminal at login time. The MOTD_FILE configuration
- * option is a colon-delimited list of filenames.
- */
-void motd (void)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char *motdlist;
- const char *motdfile;
- char *mb;
- int c;
-
- motdfile = getdef_str ("MOTD_FILE");
- if (NULL == motdfile) {
- return;
- }
-
- motdlist = xstrdup (motdfile);
-
- for (mb = motdlist; ;mb = NULL) {
- motdfile = strtok (mb, ":");
- if (NULL == motdfile) {
- break;
- }
-
- fp = fopen (motdfile, "r");
- if (NULL != fp) {
- while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
- putchar (c);
- }
- fclose (fp);
- }
- }
- fflush (stdout);
-
- free (motdlist);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/myname.c b/libmisc/myname.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b02617..0000000
--- a/libmisc/myname.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * myname.c - determine the current username and get the passwd entry
- *
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void)
-{
- struct passwd *pw;
- const char *cp = getlogin ();
- uid_t ruid = getuid ();
-
- /*
- * Try getlogin() first - if it fails or returns a non-existent
- * username, or a username which doesn't match the real UID, fall
- * back to getpwuid(getuid()). This should work reasonably with
- * usernames longer than the utmp limit (8 characters), as well as
- * shared UIDs - but not both at the same time...
- *
- * XXX - when running from su, will return the current user (not
- * the original user, like getlogin() does). Does this matter?
- */
- if ((NULL != cp) && ('\0' != *cp)) {
- pw = xgetpwnam (cp);
- if ((NULL != pw) && (pw->pw_uid == ruid)) {
- return pw;
- }
- if (NULL != pw) {
- pw_free (pw);
- }
- }
-
- return xgetpwuid (ruid);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/obscure.c b/libmisc/obscure.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3daaa95..0000000
--- a/libmisc/obscure.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,306 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * This version of obscure.c contains modifications to support "cracklib"
- * by Alec Muffet (alec.muffett@uk.sun.com). You must obtain the Cracklib
- * library source code for this function to operate.
- */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * can't be a palindrome - like `R A D A R' or `M A D A M'
- */
-static bool palindrome (unused const char *old, const char *new)
-{
- size_t i, j;
-
- i = strlen (new);
-
- for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
- if (new[i - j - 1] != new[j]) {
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- * more than half of the characters are different ones.
- */
-
-static bool similar (/*@notnull@*/const char *old, /*@notnull@*/const char *new)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- /*
- * XXX - sometimes this fails when changing from a simple password
- * to a really long one (MD5). For now, I just return success if
- * the new password is long enough. Please feel free to suggest
- * something better... --marekm
- */
- if (strlen (new) >= 8) {
- return false;
- }
-
- for (i = j = 0; ('\0' != new[i]) && ('\0' != old[i]); i++) {
- if (strchr (new, old[i]) != NULL) {
- j++;
- }
- }
-
- if (i >= j * 2) {
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- * a nice mix of characters.
- */
-
-static bool simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
-{
- bool digits = false;
- bool uppers = false;
- bool lowers = false;
- bool others = false;
- int size;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; '\0' != new[i]; i++) {
- if (isdigit (new[i])) {
- digits = true;
- } else if (isupper (new[i])) {
- uppers = true;
- } else if (islower (new[i])) {
- lowers = true;
- } else {
- others = true;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * The scam is this - a password of only one character type
- * must be 8 letters long. Two types, 7, and so on.
- */
-
- size = 9;
- if (digits) {
- size--;
- }
- if (uppers) {
- size--;
- }
- if (lowers) {
- size--;
- }
- if (others) {
- size--;
- }
-
- if (size <= i) {
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static char *str_lower (/*@returned@*/char *string)
-{
- char *cp;
-
- for (cp = string; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
- *cp = tolower (*cp);
- }
- return string;
-}
-
-static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *password_check (
- /*@notnull@*/const char *old,
- /*@notnull@*/const char *new,
- /*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
-{
- const char *msg = NULL;
- char *oldmono, *newmono, *wrapped;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
- char *dictpath;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
- char *FascistCheckPw ();
-#else
- char *FascistCheck ();
-#endif
-#endif
-
- if (strcmp (new, old) == 0) {
- return _("no change");
- }
-
- newmono = str_lower (xstrdup (new));
- oldmono = str_lower (xstrdup (old));
- wrapped = xmalloc (strlen (oldmono) * 2 + 1);
- strcpy (wrapped, oldmono);
- strcat (wrapped, oldmono);
-
- if (palindrome (oldmono, newmono)) {
- msg = _("a palindrome");
- } else if (strcmp (oldmono, newmono) == 0) {
- msg = _("case changes only");
- } else if (similar (oldmono, newmono)) {
- msg = _("too similar");
- } else if (simple (old, new)) {
- msg = _("too simple");
- } else if (strstr (wrapped, newmono) != NULL) {
- msg = _("rotated");
- } else {
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
- /*
- * Invoke Alec Muffett's cracklib routines.
- */
-
- dictpath = getdef_str ("CRACKLIB_DICTPATH");
- if (NULL != dictpath) {
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
- msg = FascistCheckPw (new, dictpath, pwdp);
-#else
- msg = FascistCheck (new, dictpath);
-#endif
- }
-#endif
- }
- strzero (newmono);
- strzero (oldmono);
- strzero (wrapped);
- free (newmono);
- free (oldmono);
- free (wrapped);
-
- return msg;
-}
-
-static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *obscure_msg (
- /*@notnull@*/const char *old,
- /*@notnull@*/const char *new,
- /*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
-{
- size_t maxlen, oldlen, newlen;
- char *new1, *old1;
- const char *msg;
- const char *result;
-
- oldlen = strlen (old);
- newlen = strlen (new);
-
- if (newlen < (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MIN_LEN", 0)) {
- return _("too short");
- }
-
- /*
- * Remaining checks are optional.
- */
- if (!getdef_bool ("OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB")) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- msg = password_check (old, new, pwdp);
- if (NULL != msg) {
- return msg;
- }
-
- result = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
- if (NULL == result) {
- /* The traditional crypt() truncates passwords to 8 chars. It is
- possible to circumvent the above checks by choosing an easy
- 8-char password and adding some random characters to it...
- Example: "password$%^&*123". So check it again, this time
- truncated to the maximum length. Idea from npasswd. --marekm */
-
- if (getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB")) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- if ( (strcmp (result, "MD5") == 0)
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
- || (strcmp (result, "SHA256") == 0)
- || (strcmp (result, "SHA512") == 0)
-#endif
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
- || (strcmp (result, "BCRYPT") == 0)
-#endif
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
- || (strcmp (result, "YESCRYPT") == 0)
-#endif
- ) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- }
- maxlen = (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MAX_LEN", 8);
- if ( (oldlen <= maxlen)
- && (newlen <= maxlen)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- new1 = xstrdup (new);
- old1 = xstrdup (old);
- if (newlen > maxlen) {
- new1[maxlen] = '\0';
- }
- if (oldlen > maxlen) {
- old1[maxlen] = '\0';
- }
-
- msg = password_check (old1, new1, pwdp);
-
- memzero (new1, newlen);
- memzero (old1, oldlen);
- free (new1);
- free (old1);
-
- return msg;
-}
-
-/*
- * Obscure - see if password is obscure enough.
- *
- * The programmer is encouraged to add as much complexity to this
- * routine as desired. Included are some of my favorite ways to
- * check passwords.
- */
-
-bool obscure (const char *old, const char *new, const struct passwd *pwdp)
-{
- const char *msg = obscure_msg (old, new, pwdp);
-
- if (NULL != msg) {
- printf (_("Bad password: %s. "), msg);
- return false;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-#else /* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/pam_pass.c b/libmisc/pam_pass.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 166a42e..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pam_pass.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * Change the user's password using PAM.
- */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "pam_defs.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, bool silent, bool change_expired)
-{
- pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
- int flags = 0, ret;
- FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
- if (silent)
- flags |= PAM_SILENT;
- if (change_expired)
- flags |= PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK;
-
- ret = pam_start ("passwd", user, &conv, &pamh);
- if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd,
- _("passwd: pam_start() failed, error %d\n"), ret);
- exit (10); /* XXX */
- }
-
- ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, flags);
- if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
- fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("passwd: %s\n"), pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
- fputs (_("passwd: password unchanged\n"), shadow_logfd);
- pam_end (pamh, ret);
- exit (10); /* XXX */
- }
-
- fputs (_("passwd: password updated successfully\n"), shadow_logfd);
- (void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
-}
-#else /* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c b/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 34cdc1f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2009 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id:$"
-
-#ifdef USE_PAM
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <security/pam_appl.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/static const char *non_interactive_password = NULL;
-static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
- const struct pam_message **msg,
- struct pam_response **resp,
- unused void *appdata_ptr);
-static const struct pam_conv non_interactive_pam_conv = {
- ni_conv,
- NULL
-};
-
-
-
-static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
- const struct pam_message **msg,
- struct pam_response **resp,
- unused void *appdata_ptr)
-{
- struct pam_response *responses;
- int count;
-
- assert (NULL != non_interactive_password);
-
- if (num_msg <= 0) {
- return PAM_CONV_ERR;
- }
-
- responses = (struct pam_response *) calloc ((size_t) num_msg,
- sizeof (*responses));
- if (NULL == responses) {
- return PAM_CONV_ERR;
- }
-
- for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
- responses[count].resp_retcode = 0;
-
- switch (msg[count]->msg_style) {
- case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON:
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: PAM modules requesting echoing are not supported.\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- goto failed_conversation;
- case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF:
- responses[count].resp = strdup (non_interactive_password);
- if (NULL == responses[count].resp) {
- goto failed_conversation;
- }
- break;
- case PAM_ERROR_MSG:
- if ( (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
- || (fprintf (log_get_logfd(), "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
- goto failed_conversation;
- }
- responses[count].resp = NULL;
- break;
- case PAM_TEXT_INFO:
- if ( (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
- || (fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
- goto failed_conversation;
- }
- responses[count].resp = NULL;
- break;
- default:
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: conversation type %d not supported.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), msg[count]->msg_style);
- goto failed_conversation;
- }
- }
-
- *resp = responses;
-
- return PAM_SUCCESS;
-
-failed_conversation:
- for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
- if (NULL != responses[count].resp) {
- memset (responses[count].resp, 0,
- strlen (responses[count].resp));
- free (responses[count].resp);
- responses[count].resp = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- free (responses);
- *resp = NULL;
-
- return PAM_CONV_ERR;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Change non interactively the user's password using PAM.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, 1 on failure.
- */
-int do_pam_passwd_non_interactive (const char *pam_service,
- const char *username,
- const char* password)
-{
- pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
- int ret;
-
- ret = pam_start (pam_service, username, &non_interactive_pam_conv, &pamh);
- if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: (user %s) pam_start failure %d\n"),
- log_get_progname(), username, ret);
- return 1;
- }
-
- non_interactive_password = password;
- ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, 0);
- if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: (user %s) pam_chauthtok() failed, error:\n"
- "%s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), username, pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
- }
-
- (void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
-
- return ((PAM_SUCCESS == ret) ? 0 : 1);
-}
-#else /* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/prefix_flag.c b/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eb5154..0000000
--- a/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011 , Julian Pidancet
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@-exitarg@*/
-#include "exitcodes.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-#include "sgroupio.h"
-#endif
-#include "shadowio.h"
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#endif /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-static char *passwd_db_file = NULL;
-static char *spw_db_file = NULL;
-static char *group_db_file = NULL;
-static char *sgroup_db_file = NULL;
-static char *suid_db_file = NULL;
-static char *sgid_db_file = NULL;
-static char *def_conf_file = NULL;
-static FILE* fp_pwent = NULL;
-static FILE* fp_grent = NULL;
-
-/*
- * process_prefix_flag - prefix all paths if given the --prefix option
- *
- * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
- * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
- * or authenticating the caller.
- *
- * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
- */
-extern const char* process_prefix_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
-{
- /*
- * Parse the command line options.
- */
- int i;
- const char *prefix = NULL, *val;
-
- for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
- val = NULL;
- if ( (strcmp (argv[i], "--prefix") == 0)
- || ((strncmp (argv[i], "--prefix=", 9) == 0)
- && (val = argv[i] + 9))
- || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
- if (NULL != prefix) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: multiple --prefix options\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
-
- if (val) {
- prefix = val;
- } else if (i + 1 == argc) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
- log_get_progname(), argv[i]);
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- } else {
- prefix = argv[++ i];
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-
- if (prefix != NULL) {
- if ( prefix[0] == '\0' || !strcmp(prefix, "/"))
- return ""; /* if prefix is "/" then we ignore the flag option */
- /* should we prevent symbolic link from being used as a prefix? */
-
- if ( prefix[0] != '/') {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: prefix must be an absolute path\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
- size_t len;
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(PASSWD_FILE) + 2;
- passwd_db_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(passwd_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, PASSWD_FILE);
- pw_setdbname(passwd_db_file);
-
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(GROUP_FILE) + 2;
- group_db_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(group_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, GROUP_FILE);
- gr_setdbname(group_db_file);
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SGROUP_FILE) + 2;
- sgroup_db_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(sgroup_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SGROUP_FILE);
- sgr_setdbname(sgroup_db_file);
-#endif
-#ifdef USE_NIS
- __setspNIS(0); /* disable NIS for now, at least until it is properly supporting a "prefix" */
-#endif
-
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SHADOW_FILE) + 2;
- spw_db_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(spw_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SHADOW_FILE);
- spw_setdbname(spw_db_file);
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subuid") + 2;
- suid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(suid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subuid");
- sub_uid_setdbname(suid_db_file);
-
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subgid") + 2;
- sgid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(sgid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subgid");
- sub_gid_setdbname(sgid_db_file);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_ECONF
- setdef_config_file(prefix);
-#else
- len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/login.defs") + 2;
- def_conf_file = xmalloc(len);
- snprintf(def_conf_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/login.defs");
- setdef_config_file(def_conf_file);
-#endif
- }
-
- if (prefix == NULL)
- return "";
- return prefix;
-}
-
-
-extern struct group *prefix_getgrnam(const char *name)
-{
- if (group_db_file) {
- FILE* fg;
- struct group * grp = NULL;
-
- fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fg)
- return NULL;
- while ((grp = fgetgrent(fg)) != NULL) {
- if (!strcmp(name, grp->gr_name))
- break;
- }
- fclose(fg);
- return grp;
- }
-
- return getgrnam(name);
-}
-
-extern struct group *prefix_getgrgid(gid_t gid)
-{
- if (group_db_file) {
- FILE* fg;
- struct group * grp = NULL;
-
- fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fg)
- return NULL;
- while ((grp = fgetgrent(fg)) != NULL) {
- if (gid == grp->gr_gid)
- break;
- }
- fclose(fg);
- return grp;
- }
-
- return getgrgid(gid);
-}
-
-extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwuid(uid_t uid)
-{
- if (passwd_db_file) {
- FILE* fg;
- struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
-
- fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fg)
- return NULL;
- while ((pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) != NULL) {
- if (uid == pwd->pw_uid)
- break;
- }
- fclose(fg);
- return pwd;
- }
- else {
- return getpwuid(uid);
- }
-}
-extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwnam(const char* name)
-{
- if (passwd_db_file) {
- FILE* fg;
- struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
-
- fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fg)
- return NULL;
- while ((pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) != NULL) {
- if (!strcmp(name, pwd->pw_name))
- break;
- }
- fclose(fg);
- return pwd;
- }
- else {
- return getpwnam(name);
- }
-}
-extern struct spwd *prefix_getspnam(const char* name)
-{
- if (spw_db_file) {
- FILE* fg;
- struct spwd *sp = NULL;
-
- fg = fopen(spw_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fg)
- return NULL;
- while ((sp = fgetspent(fg)) != NULL) {
- if (!strcmp(name, sp->sp_namp))
- break;
- }
- fclose(fg);
- return sp;
- }
- else {
- return getspnam(name);
- }
-}
-
-extern void prefix_setpwent(void)
-{
- if (!passwd_db_file) {
- setpwent();
- return;
- }
- if (fp_pwent)
- fclose (fp_pwent);
-
- fp_pwent = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fp_pwent)
- return;
-}
-extern struct passwd* prefix_getpwent(void)
-{
- if (!passwd_db_file) {
- return getpwent();
- }
- if (!fp_pwent) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return fgetpwent(fp_pwent);
-}
-extern void prefix_endpwent(void)
-{
- if (!passwd_db_file) {
- endpwent();
- return;
- }
- if (fp_pwent)
- fclose(fp_pwent);
- fp_pwent = NULL;
-}
-
-extern void prefix_setgrent(void)
-{
- if (!group_db_file) {
- setgrent();
- return;
- }
- if (fp_grent)
- fclose (fp_grent);
-
- fp_grent = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
- if (!fp_grent)
- return;
-}
-extern struct group* prefix_getgrent(void)
-{
- if (!group_db_file) {
- return getgrent();
- }
- return fgetgrent(fp_grent);
-}
-extern void prefix_endgrent(void)
-{
- if (!group_db_file) {
- endgrent();
- return;
- }
- if (fp_grent)
- fclose(fp_grent);
- fp_grent = NULL;
-}
-
-extern struct group *prefix_getgr_nam_gid(const char *grname)
-{
- long long int gid;
- char *endptr;
- struct group *g;
-
- if (NULL == grname) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (group_db_file) {
- errno = 0;
- gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
- if ( ('\0' != *grname)
- && ('\0' == *endptr)
- && (ERANGE != errno)
- && (gid == (gid_t)gid)) {
- return prefix_getgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
- }
- g = prefix_getgrnam (grname);
- return g ? __gr_dup(g) : NULL;
- }
- else
- return getgr_nam_gid(grname);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c b/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 139a024..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-
-/*
- * pwd_to_spwd - create entries for new spwd structure
- *
- * pwd_to_spwd() creates a new (struct spwd) containing the
- * information in the pointed-to (struct passwd).
- */
-
-struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *pw)
-{
- static struct spwd sp;
-
- /*
- * Nice, easy parts first. The name and passwd map directly
- * from the old password structure to the new one.
- */
- sp.sp_namp = pw->pw_name;
- sp.sp_pwdp = pw->pw_passwd;
-
- {
- /*
- * Defaults used if there is no pw_age information.
- */
- sp.sp_min = 0;
- sp.sp_max = (10000L * DAY) / SCALE;
- sp.sp_lstchg = (long) gettime () / SCALE;
- if (0 == sp.sp_lstchg) {
- /* Better disable aging than requiring a password
- * change */
- sp.sp_lstchg = -1;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * These fields have no corresponding information in the password
- * file. They are set to uninitialized values.
- */
- sp.sp_warn = -1;
- sp.sp_expire = -1;
- sp.sp_inact = -1;
- sp.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
-
- return &sp;
-}
-#else /* USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/pwd_init.c b/libmisc/pwd_init.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 63c71e2..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pwd_init.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 , Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * pwd_init - ignore signals, and set resource limits to safe
- * values. Call this before modifying password files, so that
- * it is less likely to fail in the middle of operation.
- */
-void pwd_init (void)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
- struct rlimit rlim;
-
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
- rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max = 0;
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_CORE, &rlim);
-#endif
- rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max = RLIM_INFINITY;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_AS
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_AS, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_CPU, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_RSS, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
- setrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim);
-#endif
-#else /* !HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
- set_filesize_limit (30000);
- /* don't know how to set the other limits... */
-#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
-
- signal (SIGALRM, SIG_IGN);
- signal (SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
- signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
- signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
- signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
- signal (SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
-#ifdef SIGTSTP
- signal (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
-#endif
-#ifdef SIGTTOU
- signal (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN);
-#endif
-
- umask (077);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/pwdcheck.c b/libmisc/pwdcheck.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 15fc3a3..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pwdcheck.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <shadow.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "pwauth.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-void passwd_check (const char *user, const char *passwd, unused const char *progname)
-{
- struct spwd *sp;
-
- sp = getspnam (user); /* !USE_PAM, no need for xgetspnam */
- if (NULL != sp) {
- passwd = sp->sp_pwdp;
- }
- if (pw_auth (passwd, user, PW_LOGIN, (char *) 0) != 0) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "incorrect password for `%s'", user));
- (void) sleep (1);
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("Incorrect password for %s.\n"), user);
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-}
-#else /* USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/remove_tree.c b/libmisc/remove_tree.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d76b95..0000000
--- a/libmisc/remove_tree.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-
-static int remove_tree_at (int at_fd, const char *path, bool remove_root)
-{
- DIR *dir;
- const struct dirent *ent;
- int dir_fd, rc = 0;
-
- dir_fd = openat (at_fd, path, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (dir_fd < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- dir = fdopendir (dir_fd);
- if (!dir) {
- (void) close (dir_fd);
- return -1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Open the source directory and delete each entry.
- */
- while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
- struct stat ent_sb;
-
- /*
- * Skip the "." and ".." entries
- */
- if (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0 ||
- strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- rc = fstatat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, &ent_sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
- if (rc < 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (S_ISDIR (ent_sb.st_mode)) {
- /*
- * Recursively delete this directory.
- */
- if (remove_tree_at (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, true) != 0) {
- rc = -1;
- break;
- }
- } else {
- /*
- * Delete the file.
- */
- if (unlinkat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, 0) != 0) {
- rc = -1;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- (void) closedir (dir);
-
- if (remove_root && (0 == rc)) {
- if (unlinkat (at_fd, path, AT_REMOVEDIR) != 0) {
- rc = -1;
- }
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- * remove_tree - delete a directory tree
- *
- * remove_tree() walks a directory tree and deletes all the files
- * and directories.
- * At the end, it deletes the root directory itself.
- */
-int remove_tree (const char *root, bool remove_root)
-{
- return remove_tree_at (AT_FDCWD, root, remove_root);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/rlogin.c b/libmisc/rlogin.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fa67dc3..0000000
--- a/libmisc/rlogin.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef RLOGIN
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-static struct {
- int spd_name;
- int spd_baud;
-} speed_table[] =
-{
-#ifdef B50
- {
- B50, 50},
-#endif
-#ifdef B75
- {
- B75, 75},
-#endif
-#ifdef B110
- {
- B110, 110},
-#endif
-#ifdef B134
- {
- B134, 134},
-#endif
-#ifdef B150
- {
- B150, 150},
-#endif
-#ifdef B200
- {
- B200, 200},
-#endif
-#ifdef B300
- {
- B300, 300},
-#endif
-#ifdef B600
- {
- B600, 600},
-#endif
-#ifdef B1200
- {
- B1200, 1200},
-#endif
-#ifdef B1800
- {
- B1800, 1800},
-#endif
-#ifdef B2400
- {
- B2400, 2400},
-#endif
-#ifdef B4800
- {
- B4800, 4800},
-#endif
-#ifdef B9600
- {
- B9600, 9600},
-#endif
-#ifdef B19200
- {
- B19200, 19200},
-#endif
-#ifdef B38400
- {
- B38400, 38400},
-#endif
- {
- -1, -1}
-};
-
-static void get_remote_string (char *buf, size_t size)
-{
- for (;;) {
- if (read (0, buf, 1) != 1) {
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- if ('\0' == *buf) {
- return;
- }
- --size;
- if (size > 0) {
- ++buf;
- }
- }
- /*NOTREACHED*/}
-
-int
-do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, size_t namelen, char *term,
- size_t termlen)
-{
- struct passwd *pwd;
- char remote_name[32];
- char *cp;
- unsigned long remote_speed = 9600;
- int speed_name = B9600;
- int i;
- TERMIO termio;
-
- get_remote_string (remote_name, sizeof remote_name);
- get_remote_string (name, namelen);
- get_remote_string (term, termlen);
-
- cp = strchr (term, '/');
- if (NULL != cp) {
- *cp = '\0';
- cp++;
-
- if (getulong (cp, &remote_speed) == 0) {
- remote_speed = 9600;
- }
- }
- for (i = 0;
- ( (speed_table[i].spd_baud != remote_speed)
- && (speed_table[i].spd_name != -1));
- i++);
-
- if (-1 != speed_table[i].spd_name) {
- speed_name = speed_table[i].spd_name;
- }
-
- /*
- * Put the terminal in cooked mode with echo turned on.
- */
-
- GTTY (0, &termio);
- termio.c_iflag |= ICRNL | IXON;
- termio.c_oflag |= OPOST | ONLCR;
- termio.c_lflag |= ICANON | ECHO | ECHOE;
-#ifdef CBAUD
- termio.c_cflag = (termio.c_cflag & ~CBAUD) | speed_name;
-#else
- termio.c_cflag = (termio.c_cflag) | speed_name;
-#endif
- STTY (0, &termio);
-
- pwd = getpwnam (name); /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
- if (NULL == pwd) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * ruserok() returns 0 for success on modern systems, and 1 on
- * older ones. If you are having trouble with people logging
- * in without giving a required password, THIS is the culprit -
- * go fix the #define in config.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef RUSEROK
- return 0;
-#else
- return ruserok (remote_host, pwd->pw_uid == 0,
- remote_name, name) == RUSEROK;
-#endif
-}
-#endif /* RLOGIN */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/root_flag.c b/libmisc/root_flag.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 62915b0..0000000
--- a/libmisc/root_flag.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011 , Julian Pidancet
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@-exitarg@*/
-#include "exitcodes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-static void change_root (const char* newroot);
-
-/*
- * process_root_flag - chroot if given the --root option
- *
- * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
- * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
- * or authenticating the caller.
- *
- * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
- */
-extern void process_root_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
-{
- /*
- * Parse the command line options.
- */
- int i;
- const char *newroot = NULL, *val;
-
- for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
- val = NULL;
- if ( (strcmp (argv[i], "--root") == 0)
- || ((strncmp (argv[i], "--root=", 7) == 0)
- && (val = argv[i] + 7))
- || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
- if (NULL != newroot) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: multiple --root options\n"),
- log_get_progname());
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
-
- if (val) {
- newroot = val;
- } else if (i + 1 == argc) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
- log_get_progname(), argv[i]);
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- } else {
- newroot = argv[++ i];
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (NULL != newroot) {
- change_root (newroot);
- }
-}
-
-static void change_root (const char* newroot)
-{
- /* Drop privileges */
- if ( (setregid (getgid (), getgid ()) != 0)
- || (setreuid (getuid (), getuid ()) != 0)) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: failed to drop privileges (%s)\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- if ('/' != newroot[0]) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: invalid chroot path '%s', only absolute paths are supported.\n"),
- log_get_progname(), newroot);
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
-
- if (access (newroot, F_OK) != 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: cannot access chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
-
- if (chdir (newroot) != 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: cannot chdir to chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
-
- if (chroot (newroot) != 0) {
- fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: unable to chroot to directory %s: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
- exit (E_BAD_ARG);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/salt.c b/libmisc/salt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e5f633a..0000000
--- a/libmisc/salt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,566 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: Marek Michalkiewicz <marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.pl>
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
- */
-
-/*
- * salt.c - generate a random salt string for crypt()
- *
- * Written by Marek Michalkiewicz <marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.pl>,
- * it is in the public domain.
- *
- * l64a was Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>. Public domain.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#if HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H
-#include <sys/random.h>
-#endif
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#if (defined CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY && \
- CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY)
-#define USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT 1
-#else
-#define USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT 0
-#endif
-
-/* Add the salt prefix. */
-#define MAGNUM(array,ch) (array)[0]=(array)[2]='$',(array)[1]=(ch),(array)[3]='\0'
-
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-/* Use $2b$ as prefix for compatibility with OpenBSD's bcrypt. */
-#define BCRYPTMAGNUM(array) (array)[0]=(array)[3]='$',(array)[1]='2',(array)[2]='b',(array)[4]='\0'
-#define BCRYPT_SALT_SIZE 22
-/* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified. */
-#define B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT 13
-/* Minimum number of rounds. */
-#define B_ROUNDS_MIN 4
-/* Maximum number of rounds. */
-#define B_ROUNDS_MAX 31
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-/* Fixed salt len for sha{256,512}crypt. */
-#define SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE 16
-/* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified. */
-#define SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT 5000
-/* Minimum number of rounds. */
-#define SHA_ROUNDS_MIN 1000
-/* Maximum number of rounds. */
-#define SHA_ROUNDS_MAX 999999999
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-/*
- * Default number of base64 characters used for the salt.
- * 24 characters gives a 144 bits (18 bytes) salt. Unlike the more
- * traditional 128 bits (16 bytes) salt, this 144 bits salt is always
- * represented by the same number of base64 characters without padding
- * issue, even with a non-standard base64 encoding scheme.
- */
-#define YESCRYPT_SALT_SIZE 24
-/* Default cost if not explicitly specified. */
-#define Y_COST_DEFAULT 5
-/* Minimum cost. */
-#define Y_COST_MIN 1
-/* Maximum cost. */
-#define Y_COST_MAX 11
-#endif
-
-/* Fixed salt len for md5crypt. */
-#define MD5_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE 8
-
-/* Generate salt of size salt_size. */
-#define MAX_SALT_SIZE 44
-#define MIN_SALT_SIZE 8
-
-/* Maximum size of the generated salt string. */
-#define GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE 100
-
-/* local function prototypes */
-static long read_random_bytes (void);
-#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
-static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size);
-#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-#if defined(USE_SHA_CRYPT) || defined(USE_BCRYPT)
-static long shadow_random (long min, long max);
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT || USE_BCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long SHA_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds);
-static /*@observer@*/void SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds);
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds);
-static /*@observer@*/void BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds);
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_cost);
-static /*@observer@*/void YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long cost);
-#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
-
-#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT && !defined(HAVE_L64A)
-static /*@observer@*/char *l64a (long value)
-{
- static char buf[8];
- char *s = buf;
- int digit;
- int i;
-
- if (value < 0) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return(NULL);
- }
-
- for (i = 0; value != 0 && i < 6; i++) {
- digit = value & 0x3f;
-
- if (digit < 2) {
- *s = digit + '.';
- } else if (digit < 12) {
- *s = digit + '0' - 2;
- } else if (digit < 38) {
- *s = digit + 'A' - 12;
- } else {
- *s = digit + 'a' - 38;
- }
-
- value >>= 6;
- s++;
- }
-
- *s = '\0';
-
- return buf;
-}
-#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT && !defined(HAVE_L64A) */
-
-/* Read sizeof (long) random bytes from /dev/urandom. */
-static long read_random_bytes (void)
-{
- long randval = 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF
- /* arc4random_buf, if it exists, can never fail. */
- arc4random_buf (&randval, sizeof (randval));
- goto end;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETENTROPY
- /* getentropy may exist but lack kernel support. */
- if (getentropy (&randval, sizeof (randval)) == 0) {
- goto end;
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETRANDOM
- /* Likewise getrandom. */
- if ((size_t) getrandom (&randval, sizeof (randval), 0) == sizeof (randval)) {
- goto end;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Use /dev/urandom as a last resort. */
- FILE *f = fopen ("/dev/urandom", "r");
- if (NULL == f) {
- goto fail;
- }
-
- if (fread (&randval, sizeof (randval), 1, f) != 1) {
- fclose(f);
- goto fail;
- }
-
- fclose(f);
- goto end;
-
-fail:
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("Unable to obtain random bytes.\n"));
- exit (1);
-
-end:
- return randval;
-}
-
-#if defined(USE_SHA_CRYPT) || defined(USE_BCRYPT)
-/*
- * Return a random number between min and max (both included).
- *
- * It favors slightly the higher numbers.
- */
-static long shadow_random (long min, long max)
-{
- double drand;
- long ret;
-
- drand = (double) (read_random_bytes () & RAND_MAX) / (double) RAND_MAX;
- drand *= (double) (max - min + 1);
- /* On systems were this is not random() range is lower, we favor
- * higher numbers of salt. */
- ret = (long) (max + 1 - drand);
- /* And we catch limits, and use the highest number */
- if ((ret < min) || (ret > max)) {
- ret = max;
- }
- return ret;
-}
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT || USE_BCRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-/* Return the the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods. */
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long SHA_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds)
-{
- unsigned long rounds;
-
- if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
- long min_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
- long max_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
-
- if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
- rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
- }
- else {
- if (-1 == min_rounds) {
- min_rounds = max_rounds;
- }
-
- if (-1 == max_rounds) {
- max_rounds = min_rounds;
- }
-
- if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
- max_rounds = min_rounds;
- }
-
- rounds = (unsigned long) shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
- }
- } else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
- rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
- } else {
- rounds = (unsigned long) *prefered_rounds;
- }
-
- /* Sanity checks. The libc should also check this, but this
- * protects against a rounds_prefix overflow. */
- if (rounds < SHA_ROUNDS_MIN) {
- rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_MIN;
- }
-
- if (rounds > SHA_ROUNDS_MAX) {
- rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_MAX;
- }
-
- return rounds;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fill a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods
- * to a buffer.
- */
-static /*@observer@*/void SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds)
-{
- const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
-
- /* Nothing to do here if SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT is used. */
- if (rounds == SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT) {
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
- * We are going to write a maximum of 17 bytes,
- * plus one byte for the terminator.
- * rounds=XXXXXXXXX$
- * 00000000011111111
- * 12345678901234567
- */
- assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 17);
-
- (void) snprintf (buf + buf_begin, 18, "rounds=%lu$", rounds);
-}
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-/* Return the the rounds number for the BCRYPT method. */
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds)
-{
- unsigned long rounds;
-
- if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
- long min_rounds = getdef_long ("BCRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
- long max_rounds = getdef_long ("BCRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
-
- if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
- rounds = B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
- } else {
- if (-1 == min_rounds) {
- min_rounds = max_rounds;
- }
-
- if (-1 == max_rounds) {
- max_rounds = min_rounds;
- }
-
- if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
- max_rounds = min_rounds;
- }
-
- rounds = (unsigned long) shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
- }
- } else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
- rounds = B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
- } else {
- rounds = (unsigned long) *prefered_rounds;
- }
-
- /* Sanity checks. */
- if (rounds < B_ROUNDS_MIN) {
- rounds = B_ROUNDS_MIN;
- }
-
-#if USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
- if (rounds > B_ROUNDS_MAX) {
- rounds = B_ROUNDS_MAX;
- }
-#else /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
- /*
- * Use 19 as an upper bound for now,
- * because musl doesn't allow rounds >= 20.
- * If musl ever supports > 20 rounds,
- * rounds should be set to B_ROUNDS_MAX.
- */
- if (rounds > 19) {
- rounds = 19;
- }
-#endif /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-
- return rounds;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fill a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the BCRYPT method
- * to a buffer.
- */
-static /*@observer@*/void BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds)
-{
- const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
-
- /*
- * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
- * We are going to write three bytes,
- * plus one byte for the terminator.
- * XX$
- * 000
- * 123
- */
- assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 3);
-
- (void) snprintf (buf + buf_begin, 4, "%2.2lu$", rounds);
-}
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-/* Return the the cost number for the YESCRYPT method. */
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_cost)
-{
- unsigned long cost;
-
- if (NULL == prefered_cost) {
- cost = getdef_num ("YESCRYPT_COST_FACTOR", Y_COST_DEFAULT);
- } else if (0 == *prefered_cost) {
- cost = Y_COST_DEFAULT;
- } else {
- cost = (unsigned long) *prefered_cost;
- }
-
- /* Sanity checks. */
- if (cost < Y_COST_MIN) {
- cost = Y_COST_MIN;
- }
-
- if (cost > Y_COST_MAX) {
- cost = Y_COST_MAX;
- }
-
- return cost;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fill a salt prefix specifying the cost for the YESCRYPT method
- * to a buffer.
- */
-static /*@observer@*/void YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long cost)
-{
- const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
-
- /*
- * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
- * We are going to write four bytes,
- * plus one byte for the terminator.
- * jXX$
- * 0000
- * 1234
- */
- assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 4);
-
- buf[buf_begin + 0] = 'j';
- if (cost < 3) {
- buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x36 + cost;
- } else if (cost < 6) {
- buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x34 + cost;
- } else {
- buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x3b + cost;
- }
- buf[buf_begin + 2] = cost >= 3 ? 'T' : '5';
- buf[buf_begin + 3] = '$';
- buf[buf_begin + 4] = '\0';
-}
-#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
-
-#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
-static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size)
-{
- static char salt[MAX_SALT_SIZE + 6];
-
- memset (salt, '\0', MAX_SALT_SIZE + 6);
-
- assert (salt_size >= MIN_SALT_SIZE &&
- salt_size <= MAX_SALT_SIZE);
- strcat (salt, l64a (read_random_bytes ()));
- do {
- strcat (salt, l64a (read_random_bytes ()));
- } while (strlen (salt) < salt_size);
-
- salt[salt_size] = '\0';
-
- return salt;
-}
-#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-
-/*
- * Generate 8 base64 ASCII characters of random salt. If MD5_CRYPT_ENAB
- * in /etc/login.defs is "yes", the salt string will be prefixed by "$1$"
- * (magic) and pw_encrypt() will execute the MD5-based FreeBSD-compatible
- * version of crypt() instead of the standard one.
- * Other methods can be set with ENCRYPT_METHOD
- *
- * The method can be forced with the meth parameter.
- * If NULL, the method will be defined according to the ENCRYPT_METHOD
- * variable, and if not set according to the MD5_CRYPT_ENAB variable,
- * which can both be set inside the login.defs file.
- *
- * If meth is specified, an additional parameter can be provided.
- * * For the SHA256 and SHA512 method, this specifies the number of rounds
- * (if not NULL).
- * * For the YESCRYPT method, this specifies the cost factor (if not NULL).
- */
-/*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*//*@observer@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg)
-{
- static char result[GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE];
- size_t salt_len = MAX_SALT_SIZE;
- const char *method;
- unsigned long rounds = 0;
-
- memset (result, '\0', GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE);
-
- if (NULL != meth)
- method = meth;
- else {
- method = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
- if (NULL == method) {
- method = getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB") ? "MD5" : "DES";
- }
- }
-
- if (0 == strcmp (method, "MD5")) {
- MAGNUM(result, '1');
- salt_len = MD5_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
- rounds = 0;
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
- } else if (0 == strcmp (method, "BCRYPT")) {
- BCRYPTMAGNUM(result);
- salt_len = BCRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
- rounds = BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
- BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
- } else if (0 == strcmp (method, "YESCRYPT")) {
- MAGNUM(result, 'y');
- salt_len = YESCRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
- rounds = YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost ((int *) arg);
- YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (result, rounds);
-#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
- } else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA256")) {
- MAGNUM(result, '5');
- salt_len = SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
- rounds = SHA_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
- SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
- } else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA512")) {
- MAGNUM(result, '6');
- salt_len = SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
- rounds = SHA_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
- SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
- } else if (0 != strcmp (method, "DES")) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("Invalid ENCRYPT_METHOD value: '%s'.\n"
- "Defaulting to DES.\n"),
- method);
- salt_len = MAX_SALT_SIZE;
- rounds = 0;
- memset (result, '\0', GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE);
- }
-
-#if USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
- /*
- * Prepare DES setting for crypt_gensalt(), if result
- * has not been filled with anything previously.
- */
- if ('\0' == result[0]) {
- /* Avoid -Wunused-but-set-variable. */
- salt_len = GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE - 1;
- rounds = 0;
- memset (result, '.', salt_len);
- result[salt_len] = '\0';
- }
-
- char *retval = crypt_gensalt (result, rounds, NULL, 0);
-
- /* Should not happen, but... */
- if (NULL == retval) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("Unable to generate a salt from setting "
- "\"%s\", check your settings in "
- "ENCRYPT_METHOD and the corresponding "
- "configuration for your selected hash "
- "method.\n"), result);
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- return retval;
-#else /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
- /* Check if the result buffer is long enough. */
- assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > strlen (result) + salt_len);
-
- /* Concatenate a pseudo random salt. */
- strncat (result, gensalt (salt_len),
- GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE - strlen (result) - 1);
-
- return result;
-#endif /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/setugid.c b/libmisc/setugid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dbe38e..0000000
--- a/libmisc/setugid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Separated from setup.c. --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * setup_groups - set the group credentials
- * set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
- * set the supplementary group IDs
- *
- * In case of PAM enabled configurations, this shall be called before
- * pam_setcred.
- *
- * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- */
-int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
-{
- /*
- * Set the real group ID to the primary group ID in the password
- * file.
- */
- if (setgid (info->pw_gid) == -1) {
- int err = errno;
- perror ("setgid");
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad group ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
- info->pw_gid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
- closelog ();
- return -1;
- }
-#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS
- /*
- * For systems which support multiple concurrent groups, go get
- * the group set from the /etc/group file.
- */
- if (initgroups (info->pw_name, info->pw_gid) == -1) {
- int err = errno;
- perror ("initgroups");
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "initgroups failed for user `%s': %s\n",
- info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
- closelog ();
- return -1;
- }
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * change_uid - Set the real UID
- *
- * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- */
-int change_uid (const struct passwd *info)
-{
- /*
- * Set the real UID to the UID value in the password file.
- */
- if (setuid (info->pw_uid) != 0) {
- int err = errno;
- perror ("setuid");
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad user ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
- (int) info->pw_uid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
- closelog ();
- return -1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * setup_uid_gid() performs the following steps -
- *
- * set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
- * set the supplementary group IDs
- * optionally call specified function which may add more groups
- * set the user ID to the value from the password file entry
- *
- * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! (defined USE_PAM)
-int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info, bool is_console)
-#else
-int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info)
-#endif
-{
- if (setup_groups (info) < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
-#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
- if (is_console) {
- const char *cp = getdef_str ("CONSOLE_GROUPS");
-
- if ((NULL != cp) && (add_groups (cp) != 0)) {
- perror ("Warning: add_groups");
- }
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_INITGROUPS && !USE_PAM*/
-
- if (change_uid (info) < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/setupenv.c b/libmisc/setupenv.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d7aefa..0000000
--- a/libmisc/setupenv.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Separated from setup.c. --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-static void
-addenv_path (const char *varname, const char *dirname, const char *filename)
-{
- char *buf;
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + strlen (filename) + 2;
- int wlen;
-
- buf = xmalloc (len);
- wlen = snprintf (buf, len, "%s/%s", dirname, filename);
- assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
-
- addenv (varname, buf);
- free (buf);
-}
-
-static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char buf[1024];
- char *cp, *name, *val;
-
- fp = fopen (filename, "r");
- if (NULL == fp) {
- return;
- }
- while (fgets (buf, (int)(sizeof buf), fp) == buf) {
- cp = strrchr (buf, '\n');
- if (NULL == cp) {
- break;
- }
- *cp = '\0';
-
- cp = buf;
- /* ignore whitespace and comments */
- while (('\0' != *cp) && isspace (*cp)) {
- cp++;
- }
- if (('\0' == *cp) || ('#' == *cp)) {
- continue;
- }
- /*
- * ignore lines which don't follow the name=value format
- * (for example, the "export NAME" shell commands)
- */
- name = cp;
- while (('\0' != *cp) && !isspace (*cp) && ('=' != *cp)) {
- cp++;
- }
- if ('=' != *cp) {
- continue;
- }
- /* NUL-terminate the name */
- *cp = '\0';
- cp++;
- val = cp;
-#if 0 /* XXX untested, and needs rewrite with fewer goto's :-) */
-/*
- (state, char_type) -> (state, action)
-
- state: unquoted, single_quoted, double_quoted, escaped, double_quoted_escaped
- char_type: normal, white, backslash, single, double
- action: remove_curr, remove_curr_skip_next, remove_prev, finish XXX
-*/
- no_quote:
- if (*cp == '\\') {
- /* remove the backslash */
- remove_char (cp);
- /* skip over the next character */
- if (*cp)
- cp++;
- goto no_quote;
- } else if (*cp == '\'') {
- /* remove the quote */
- remove_char (cp);
- /* now within single quotes */
- goto s_quote;
- } else if (*cp == '"') {
- /* remove the quote */
- remove_char (cp);
- /* now within double quotes */
- goto d_quote;
- } else if (*cp == '\0') {
- /* end of string */
- goto finished;
- } else if (isspace (*cp)) {
- /* unescaped whitespace - end of string */
- *cp = '\0';
- goto finished;
- } else {
- cp++;
- goto no_quote;
- }
- s_quote:
- if (*cp == '\'') {
- /* remove the quote */
- remove_char (cp);
- /* unquoted again */
- goto no_quote;
- } else if (*cp == '\0') {
- /* end of string */
- goto finished;
- } else {
- /* preserve everything within single quotes */
- cp++;
- goto s_quote;
- }
- d_quote:
- if (*cp == '\"') {
- /* remove the quote */
- remove_char (cp);
- /* unquoted again */
- goto no_quote;
- } else if (*cp == '\\') {
- cp++;
- /* if backslash followed by double quote, remove backslash
- else skip over the backslash and following char */
- if (*cp == '"')
- remove_char (cp - 1);
- else if (*cp)
- cp++;
- goto d_quote;
- }
- else if (*cp == '\0') {
- /* end of string */
- goto finished;
- } else {
- /* preserve everything within double quotes */
- goto d_quote;
- }
- finished:
-#endif /* 0 */
- /*
- * XXX - should handle quotes, backslash escapes, etc.
- * like the shell does.
- */
- addenv (name, val);
- }
- (void) fclose (fp);
-}
-#endif /* USE_PAM */
-
-
-/*
- * change to the user's home directory
- * set the HOME, SHELL, MAIL, PATH, and LOGNAME or USER environmental
- * variables.
- */
-
-void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
-{
-#ifndef USE_PAM
- const char *envf;
-#endif
- const char *cp;
-
- /*
- * Change the current working directory to be the home directory
- * of the user. It is a fatal error for this process to be unable
- * to change to that directory. There is no "default" home
- * directory.
- *
- * We no longer do it as root - should work better on NFS-mounted
- * home directories. Some systems default to HOME=/, so we make
- * this a configurable option. --marekm
- */
-
- if (chdir (info->pw_dir) == -1) {
- static char temp_pw_dir[] = "/";
-
- if (!getdef_bool ("DEFAULT_HOME") || chdir ("/") == -1) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("Unable to cd to '%s'\n"),
- info->pw_dir);
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
- "unable to cd to `%s' for user `%s'\n",
- info->pw_dir, info->pw_name));
- closelog ();
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- (void) puts (_("No directory, logging in with HOME=/"));
- free (info->pw_dir);
- info->pw_dir = xstrdup (temp_pw_dir);
- }
-
- /*
- * Create the HOME environmental variable and export it.
- */
-
- addenv ("HOME", info->pw_dir);
-
- /*
- * Create the SHELL environmental variable and export it.
- */
-
- if ((NULL == info->pw_shell) || ('\0' == *info->pw_shell)) {
- static char temp_pw_shell[] = SHELL;
-
- free (info->pw_shell);
- info->pw_shell = xstrdup (temp_pw_shell);
- }
-
- addenv ("SHELL", info->pw_shell);
-
- /*
- * Export the user name. For BSD derived systems, it's "USER", for
- * all others it's "LOGNAME". We set both of them.
- */
-
- addenv ("USER", info->pw_name);
- addenv ("LOGNAME", info->pw_name);
-
- /*
- * Create the PATH environmental variable and export it.
- */
-
- cp = getdef_str ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "ENV_SUPATH" : "ENV_PATH");
-
- if (NULL == cp) {
- /* not specified, use a minimal default */
- addenv ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin" : "PATH=/bin:/usr/bin", NULL);
- } else if (strchr (cp, '=')) {
- /* specified as name=value (PATH=...) */
- addenv (cp, NULL);
- } else {
- /* only value specified without "PATH=" */
- addenv ("PATH", cp);
- }
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
- /*
- * Create the MAIL environmental variable and export it. login.defs
- * knows the prefix.
- */
-
- if (getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
- cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_DIR");
- if (NULL != cp) {
- addenv_path ("MAIL", cp, info->pw_name);
- } else {
- cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_FILE");
- if (NULL != cp) {
- addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, cp);
- } else {
-#if defined(MAIL_SPOOL_FILE)
- addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, MAIL_SPOOL_FILE);
-#elif defined(MAIL_SPOOL_DIR)
- addenv_path ("MAIL", MAIL_SPOOL_DIR, info->pw_name);
-#endif
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Read environment from optional config file. --marekm
- */
- envf = getdef_str ("ENVIRON_FILE");
- if (NULL != envf) {
- read_env_file (envf);
- }
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/shell.c b/libmisc/shell.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c67500..0000000
--- a/libmisc/shell.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2009 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-extern char **newenvp;
-extern size_t newenvc;
-
-/*
- * shell - execute the named program
- *
- * shell begins by trying to figure out what argv[0] is going to
- * be for the named process. The user may pass in that argument,
- * or it will be the last pathname component of the file with a
- * '-' prepended.
- * Then, it executes the named file.
- */
-
-int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
-{
- char arg0[1024];
- int err;
-
- if (file == (char *) 0) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return errno;
- }
-
- /*
- * The argv[0]'th entry is usually the path name, but
- * for various reasons the invoker may want to override
- * that. So, we determine the 0'th entry only if they
- * don't want to tell us what it is themselves.
- */
- if (arg == (char *) 0) {
- (void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, "-%s", Basename (file));
- arg0[sizeof arg0 - 1] = '\0';
- arg = arg0;
- }
-
- /*
- * First we try the direct approach. The system should be
- * able to figure out what we are up to without too much
- * grief.
- */
- (void) execle (file, arg, (char *) 0, envp);
- err = errno;
-
- if (access (file, R_OK|X_OK) == 0) {
- /*
- * Assume this is a shell script (with no shebang).
- * Interpret it with /bin/sh
- */
- (void) execle (SHELL, "sh", "-", file, (char *)0, envp);
- err = errno;
- }
-
- /*
- * Obviously something is really wrong - I can't figure out
- * how to execute this stupid shell, so I might as well give
- * up in disgust ...
- */
- (void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, _("Cannot execute %s"), file);
- errno = err;
- perror (arg0);
- return err;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/strtoday.c b/libmisc/strtoday.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d321873..0000000
--- a/libmisc/strtoday.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#if !defined(__GLIBC__)
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
-#endif
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-#ifndef USE_GETDATE
-#define USE_GETDATE 1
-#endif
-
-#if USE_GETDATE
-#include "getdate.h"
-/*
- * strtoday() now uses get_date() (borrowed from GNU shellutils)
- * which can handle many date formats, for example:
- * 1970-09-17 # ISO 8601.
- * 70-9-17 # This century assumed by default.
- * 70-09-17 # Leading zeros are ignored.
- * 9/17/72 # Common U.S. writing.
- * 24 September 1972
- * 24 Sept 72 # September has a special abbreviation.
- * 24 Sep 72 # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
- * Sep 24, 1972
- * 24-sep-72
- * 24sep72
- */
-long strtoday (const char *str)
-{
- time_t t;
- bool isnum = true;
- const char *s = str;
-
- /*
- * get_date() interprets an empty string as the current date,
- * which is not what we expect, unless you're a BOFH :-).
- * (useradd sets sp_expire = current date for new lusers)
- */
- if ((NULL == str) || ('\0' == *str)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* If a numerical value is provided, this is already a number of
- * days since EPOCH.
- */
- if ('-' == *s) {
- s++;
- }
- while (' ' == *s) {
- s++;
- }
- while (isnum && ('\0' != *s)) {
- if (!isdigit (*s)) {
- isnum = false;
- }
- s++;
- }
- if (isnum) {
- long retdate;
- if (getlong (str, &retdate) == 0) {
- return -2;
- }
- return retdate;
- }
-
- t = get_date (str, NULL);
- if ((time_t) - 1 == t) {
- return -2;
- }
- /* convert seconds to days since 1970-01-01 */
- return (long) (t + DAY / 2) / DAY;
-}
-
-#else /* !USE_GETDATE */
-/*
- * Old code, just in case get_date() doesn't work as expected...
- */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_STRPTIME
-/*
- * for now we allow just one format, but we can define more later
- * (we try them all until one succeeds). --marekm
- */
-static const char *const date_formats[] = {
- "%Y-%m-%d",
- (char *) 0
-};
-#else
-/*
- * days and juldays are used to compute the number of days in the
- * current month, and the cumulative number of days in the preceding
- * months. they are declared so that january is 1, not 0.
- */
-static const short days[13] = { 0,
- 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, /* JAN - JUN */
- 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31
-}; /* JUL - DEC */
-
-static const short juldays[13] = { 0,
- 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, /* JAN - JUN */
- 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334
-}; /* JUL - DEC */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * strtoday - compute the number of days since 1970.
- *
- * the total number of days prior to the current date is
- * computed. january 1, 1970 is used as the origin with
- * it having a day number of 0.
- */
-
-long strtoday (const char *str)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_STRPTIME
- struct tm tp;
- const char *const *fmt;
- char *cp;
- time_t result;
-
- memzero (&tp, sizeof tp);
- for (fmt = date_formats; *fmt; fmt++) {
- cp = strptime ((char *) str, *fmt, &tp);
- if ((NULL == cp) || ('\0' != *cp)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- result = mktime (&tp);
- if ((time_t) - 1 == result) {
- continue;
- }
-
- return (long) (result / DAY); /* success */
- }
- return -1;
-#else
- char slop[2];
- int month;
- int day;
- int year;
- long total;
-
- /*
- * start by separating the month, day and year. the order
- * is compiled in ...
- */
-
- if (sscanf (str, "%d/%d/%d%c", &year, &month, &day, slop) != 3) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /*
- * the month, day of the month, and year are checked for
- * correctness and the year adjusted so it falls between
- * 1970 and 2069.
- */
-
- if ((month < 1) || (month > 12)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (day < 1) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if ( ((2 != month) || ((year % 4) != 0))
- && (day > days[month])) {
- return -1;
- } else if ((month == 2) && ((year % 4) == 0) && (day > 29)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (year < 0) {
- return -1;
- } else if (year <= 69) {
- year += 2000;
- } else if (year <= 99) {
- year += 1900;
- }
-
- /*
- * On systems with 32-bit signed time_t, time wraps around in 2038
- * - for now we just limit the year to 2037 (instead of 2069).
- * This limit can be removed once no one is using 32-bit systems
- * anymore :-). --marekm
- */
- if ((year < 1970) || (year > 2037)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /*
- * the total number of days is the total number of days in all
- * the whole years, plus the number of leap days, plus the
- * number of days in the whole months preceding, plus the number
- * of days so far in the month.
- */
-
- total = (long) ((year - 1970) * 365L) + (((year + 1) - 1970) / 4);
- total += (long) juldays[month] + (month > 2 && (year % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0);
- total += (long) day - 1;
-
- return total;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRPTIME */
-}
-#endif /* !USE_GETDATE */
diff --git a/libmisc/sub.c b/libmisc/sub.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d30c4c7..0000000
--- a/libmisc/sub.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#define BAD_SUBROOT2 "invalid root `%s' for user `%s'\n"
-#define NO_SUBROOT2 "no subsystem root `%s' for user `%s'\n"
-/*
- * subsystem - change to subsystem root
- *
- * A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as
- * the first character of the login shell. The given home
- * directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which
- * the user is actually logged into.
- */
-void subsystem (const struct passwd *pw)
-{
- /*
- * The new root directory must begin with a "/" character.
- */
-
- if (pw->pw_dir[0] != '/') {
- printf (_("Invalid root directory '%s'\n"), pw->pw_dir);
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, BAD_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
- closelog ();
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- /*
- * The directory must be accessible and the current process
- * must be able to change into it.
- */
-
- if ( (chdir (pw->pw_dir) != 0)
- || (chroot (pw->pw_dir) != 0)) {
- (void) printf (_("Can't change root directory to '%s'\n"),
- pw->pw_dir);
- SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, NO_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
- closelog ();
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/sulog.c b/libmisc/sulog.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e95613..0000000
--- a/libmisc/sulog.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * sulog - log a SU command execution result
- */
-void sulog (const char *tty, bool success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
-{
- const char *sulog_file;
- time_t now;
- struct tm *tm;
- FILE *fp;
- mode_t oldmask;
- gid_t oldgid = 0;
-
- if (success) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_INFO,
- "Successful su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
- } else {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_NOTICE,
- "FAILED su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
- }
-
- sulog_file = getdef_str ("SULOG_FILE");
- if (NULL == sulog_file) {
- return;
- }
-
- oldgid = getgid ();
- oldmask = umask (077);
- /* Switch to group root to avoid creating the sulog file with
- * the wrong group ownership. */
- if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (0) != 0)) {
- SYSLOG ((LOG_INFO,
- "su session not logged to %s", sulog_file));
- /* Continue, but do not switch back to oldgid later */
- oldgid = 0;
- }
- fp = fopen (sulog_file, "a+");
- (void) umask (oldmask);
- if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (oldgid) != 0)) {
- perror ("setgid");
- SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
- "can't switch back to group `%d' in sulog",
- oldgid));
- /* Do not return if the group permission were raised. */
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- if (fp == (FILE *) 0) {
- return; /* can't open or create logfile */
- }
-
- (void) time (&now);
- tm = localtime (&now);
-
- fprintf (fp, "SU %.02d/%.02d %.02d:%.02d %c %s %s-%s\n",
- tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min,
- success ? '+' : '-', tty, oldname, name);
-
- (void) fflush (fp);
- fsync (fileno (fp));
- fclose (fp);
- /* TODO: log if failure */
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/ttytype.c b/libmisc/ttytype.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f72d957..0000000
--- a/libmisc/ttytype.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * ttytype - set ttytype from port to terminal type mapping database
- */
-void ttytype (const char *line)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- const char *typefile;
- char *cp;
- char type[1024] = "";
- char port[1024];
-
- if (getenv ("TERM") != NULL) {
- return;
- }
- typefile = getdef_str ("TTYTYPE_FILE");
- if (NULL == typefile) {
- return;
- }
- if (access (typefile, F_OK) != 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- fp = fopen (typefile, "r");
- if (NULL == fp) {
- perror (typefile);
- return;
- }
- while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf) {
- if (buf[0] == '#') {
- continue;
- }
-
- cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
- if (NULL != cp) {
- *cp = '\0';
- }
-
- if ( (sscanf (buf, "%1023s %1023s", type, port) == 2)
- && (strcmp (line, port) == 0)) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if ((feof (fp) == 0) && (ferror (fp) == 0) && (type[0] != '\0')) {
- addenv ("TERM", type);
- }
-
- (void) fclose (fp);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/tz.c b/libmisc/tz.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 16d92ad..0000000
--- a/libmisc/tz.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Chip Rosenthal
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * tz - return local timezone name
- *
- * tz() determines the name of the local timezone by reading the
- * contents of the file named by ``fname''.
- */
-/*@observer@*/const char *tz (const char *fname)
-{
- FILE *fp = NULL;
- static char tzbuf[BUFSIZ];
- const char *def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
-
- fp = fopen (fname, "r");
- if ( (NULL == fp)
- || (fgets (tzbuf, (int) sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL)) {
- def_tz = getdef_str ("ENV_TZ");
- if ((NULL == def_tz) || ('/' == def_tz[0])) {
- def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
- }
-
- strcpy (tzbuf, def_tz);
- } else {
- tzbuf[strlen (tzbuf) - 1] = '\0';
- }
-
- if (NULL != fp) {
- (void) fclose (fp);
- }
-
- return tzbuf;
-}
-#else /* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno; /* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif /* !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/ulimit.c b/libmisc/ulimit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e331d46..0000000
--- a/libmisc/ulimit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
-#include <ulimit.h>
-#ifndef UL_SETFSIZE
-#ifdef UL_SFILLIM
-#define UL_SETFSIZE UL_SFILLIM
-#else
-#define UL_SETFSIZE 2
-#endif
-#endif
-#elif HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-#include <sys/time.h> /* for struct timeval on sunos4 */
-/* XXX - is the above ok or should it be <time.h> on ultrix? */
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-int set_filesize_limit (int blocks)
-{
- int ret = -1;
-#if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
- if (ulimit (UL_SETFSIZE, blocks) != -1) {
- ret = 0;
- }
-#elif defined(RLIMIT_FSIZE)
- struct rlimit rlimit_fsize;
-
- rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur = 512L * blocks;
- rlimit_fsize.rlim_max = rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur;
- ret = setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlimit_fsize);
-#endif
-
- return ret;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/user_busy.c b/libmisc/user_busy.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c03feb2..0000000
--- a/libmisc/user_busy.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id: $"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#endif /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#ifdef __linux__
-static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid);
-static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid);
-#else /* !__linux__ */
-static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name);
-#endif /* !__linux__ */
-
-/*
- * user_busy - check if an user if currently running processes
- */
-int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid)
-{
- /* There are no standard ways to get the list of processes.
- * An option could be to run an external tool (ps).
- */
-#ifdef __linux__
- /* On Linux, directly parse /proc */
- return user_busy_processes (name, uid);
-#else /* !__linux__ */
- /* If we cannot rely on /proc, check is there is a record in utmp
- * indicating that the user is still logged in */
- return user_busy_utmp (name);
-#endif /* !__linux__ */
-}
-
-#ifndef __linux__
-static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name)
-{
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
- struct utmpx *utent;
-
- setutxent ();
- while ((utent = getutxent ()) != NULL)
-#else /* !USE_UTMPX */
- struct utmp *utent;
-
- setutent ();
- while ((utent = getutent ()) != NULL)
-#endif /* !USE_UTMPX */
- {
- if (utent->ut_type != USER_PROCESS) {
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (utent->ut_user, name, sizeof utent->ut_user) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
- if (kill (utent->ut_pid, 0) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: user %s is currently logged in\n"),
- log_get_progname(), name);
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-#endif /* !__linux__ */
-
-#ifdef __linux__
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-#define in_parentuid_range(uid) ((uid) >= parentuid && (uid) < parentuid + range)
-static int different_namespace (const char *sname)
-{
- /* 41: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/ns/user + \0 */
- char path[41];
- char buf[512], buf2[512];
- ssize_t llen1, llen2;
-
- snprintf (path, 41, "/proc/%s/ns/user", sname);
-
- if ((llen1 = readlink (path, buf, sizeof(buf))) == -1)
- return 0;
-
- if ((llen2 = readlink ("/proc/self/ns/user", buf2, sizeof(buf2))) == -1)
- return 0;
-
- if (llen1 == llen2 && memcmp (buf, buf2, llen1) == 0)
- return 0; /* same namespace */
-
- return 1;
-}
-#endif /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
-
-static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid)
-{
- /* 40: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/status + \0 */
- char status[40];
- char line[1024];
- FILE *sfile;
-
- snprintf (status, 40, "/proc/%s/status", sname);
-
- sfile = fopen (status, "r");
- if (NULL == sfile) {
- return 0;
- }
- while (fgets (line, sizeof (line), sfile) == line) {
- if (strncmp (line, "Uid:\t", 5) == 0) {
- unsigned long ruid, euid, suid;
-
- assert (uid == (unsigned long) uid);
- (void) fclose (sfile);
- if (sscanf (line,
- "Uid:\t%lu\t%lu\t%lu\n",
- &ruid, &euid, &suid) == 3) {
- if ( (ruid == (unsigned long) uid)
- || (euid == (unsigned long) uid)
- || (suid == (unsigned long) uid) ) {
- return 1;
- }
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- if ( different_namespace (sname)
- && ( have_sub_uids(name, ruid, 1)
- || have_sub_uids(name, euid, 1)
- || have_sub_uids(name, suid, 1))
- ) {
- return 1;
- }
-#endif /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
- } else {
- /* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort. */
- }
- return 0;
- }
- }
- (void) fclose (sfile);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid)
-{
- DIR *proc;
- struct dirent *ent;
- char *tmp_d_name;
- pid_t pid;
- DIR *task_dir;
- /* 22: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task + \0 */
- char task_path[22];
- char root_path[22];
- struct stat sbroot;
- struct stat sbroot_process;
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- sub_uid_open (O_RDONLY);
-#endif /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
- proc = opendir ("/proc");
- if (proc == NULL) {
- perror ("opendir /proc");
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- sub_uid_close();
-#endif
- return 0;
- }
- if (stat ("/", &sbroot) != 0) {
- perror ("stat (\"/\")");
- (void) closedir (proc);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- sub_uid_close();
-#endif
- return 0;
- }
-
- while ((ent = readdir (proc)) != NULL) {
- tmp_d_name = ent->d_name;
- /*
- * Ingo Molnar's patch introducing NPTL for 2.4 hides
- * threads in the /proc directory by prepending a period.
- * This patch is applied by default in some RedHat
- * kernels.
- */
- if ( (strcmp (tmp_d_name, ".") == 0)
- || (strcmp (tmp_d_name, "..") == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
- if (*tmp_d_name == '.') {
- tmp_d_name++;
- }
-
- /* Check if this is a valid PID */
- if (get_pid (tmp_d_name, &pid) == 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Check if the process is in our chroot */
- snprintf (root_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/root", (unsigned long) pid);
- root_path[21] = '\0';
- if (stat (root_path, &sbroot_process) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
- if ( (sbroot.st_dev != sbroot_process.st_dev)
- || (sbroot.st_ino != sbroot_process.st_ino)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (check_status (name, tmp_d_name, uid) != 0) {
- (void) closedir (proc);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- sub_uid_close();
-#endif
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
- log_get_progname(), name, pid);
- return 1;
- }
-
- snprintf (task_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/task", (unsigned long) pid);
- task_path[21] = '\0';
- task_dir = opendir (task_path);
- if (task_dir != NULL) {
- while ((ent = readdir (task_dir)) != NULL) {
- pid_t tid;
- if (get_pid (ent->d_name, &tid) == 0) {
- continue;
- }
- if (tid == pid) {
- continue;
- }
- if (check_status (name, task_path+6, uid) != 0) {
- (void) closedir (proc);
- (void) closedir (task_dir);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- sub_uid_close();
-#endif
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
- log_get_progname(), name, pid);
- return 1;
- }
- }
- (void) closedir (task_dir);
- } else {
- /* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort */
- }
- }
-
- (void) closedir (proc);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
- sub_uid_close();
-#endif /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
- return 0;
-}
-#endif /* __linux__ */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/utmp.c b/libmisc/utmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 45b479f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/utmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#else
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * is_my_tty -- determine if "tty" is the same TTY stdin is using
- */
-static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
-{
- /* full_tty shall be at least sizeof utmp.ut_line + 5 */
- char full_tty[200];
- /* tmptty shall be bigger than full_tty */
- static char tmptty[sizeof (full_tty)+1];
-
- if ('/' != *tty) {
- (void) snprintf (full_tty, sizeof full_tty, "/dev/%s", tty);
- tty = &full_tty[0];
- }
-
- if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
- const char *tname = ttyname (STDIN_FILENO);
- if (NULL != tname) {
- (void) strncpy (tmptty, tname, sizeof tmptty);
- tmptty[sizeof (tmptty) - 1] = '\0';
- }
- }
-
- if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
- (void) puts (_("Unable to determine your tty name."));
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- } else if (strncmp (tty, tmptty, sizeof (tmptty)) != 0) {
- return false;
- } else {
- return true;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * get_current_utmp - return the most probable utmp entry for the current
- * session
- *
- * The utmp file is scanned for an entry with the same process ID.
- * The line entered by the *getty / telnetd, etc. should also match
- * the current terminal.
- *
- * When an entry is returned by get_current_utmp, and if the utmp
- * structure has a ut_id field, this field should be used to update
- * the entry information.
- *
- * Return NULL if no entries exist in utmp for the current process.
- */
-#ifndef USE_UTMPX
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void)
-{
- struct utmp *ut;
- struct utmp *ret = NULL;
-
- setutent ();
-
- /* First, try to find a valid utmp entry for this process. */
- while ((ut = getutent ()) != NULL) {
- if ( (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
- && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
- && ( (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
- || (USER_PROCESS == ut->ut_type))
-#endif
- /* A process may have failed to close an entry
- * Check if this entry refers to the current tty */
- && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (NULL != ut) {
- ret = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
- memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
- }
-
- endutent ();
-
- return ret;
-}
-#else
-/*@null@*/ /*@only*/struct utmpx *get_current_utmp(void)
-{
- struct utmpx *ut;
- struct utmpx *ret = NULL;
-
- setutxent ();
-
- /* Find the utmpx entry for this PID. */
- while ((ut = getutxent ()) != NULL) {
- if ( (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
- && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
- && ( (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
- || (USER_PROCESS == ut->ut_type))
- && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (NULL != ut) {
- ret = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
- memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
- }
-
- endutxent ();
-
- return ret;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-/*
- * Some systems already have updwtmp() and possibly updwtmpx(). Others
- * don't, so we re-implement these functions if necessary.
- */
-#ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMP
-static void updwtmp (const char *filename, const struct utmp *ut)
-{
- int fd;
-
- fd = open (filename, O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 0);
- if (fd >= 0) {
- write (fd, (const char *) ut, sizeof (*ut));
- close (fd);
- }
-}
-#endif /* ! HAVE_UPDWTMP */
-
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-#ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMPX
-static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
-{
- int fd;
-
- fd = open (filename, O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 0);
- if (fd >= 0) {
- write (fd, (const char *) utx, sizeof (*utx));
- close (fd);
- }
-}
-#endif /* ! HAVE_UPDWTMPX */
-#endif /* ! USE_UTMPX */
-#endif /* ! USE_PAM */
-
-
-#ifndef USE_UTMPX
-/*
- * prepare_utmp - prepare an utmp entry so that it can be logged in a
- * utmp/wtmp file.
- *
- * It accepts an utmp entry in input (ut) to return an entry with
- * the right ut_id. This is typically an entry returned by
- * get_current_utmp
- * If ut is NULL, ut_id will be forged based on the line argument.
- *
- * The ut_host field of the input structure may also be kept, and is
- * used to define the ut_addr/ut_addr_v6 fields. (if these fields
- * exist)
- *
- * Other fields are discarded and filed with new values (if they
- * exist).
- *
- * The returned structure shall be freed by the caller.
- */
-/*@only@*/struct utmp *prepare_utmp (const char *name,
- const char *line,
- const char *host,
- /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut)
-{
- struct timeval tv;
- char *hostname = NULL;
- struct utmp *utent;
-
- assert (NULL != name);
- assert (NULL != line);
-
-
-
- if ( (NULL != host)
- && ('\0' != host[0])) {
- hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
- strcpy (hostname, host);
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
- } else if ( (NULL != ut)
- && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
- hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
- strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
- hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
- }
-
- if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
- line += 5;
- }
-
-
- utent = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utent));
- memzero (utent, sizeof (*utent));
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
- utent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
- utent->ut_pid = getpid ();
- strncpy (utent->ut_line, line, sizeof (utent->ut_line) - 1);
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
- if (NULL != ut) {
- strncpy (utent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utent->ut_id));
- } else {
- /* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
- strncpy (utent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utent->ut_id) - 1);
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
- strncpy (utent->ut_name, name, sizeof (utent->ut_name));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
- strncpy (utent->ut_user, name, sizeof (utent->ut_user) - 1);
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER */
- if (NULL != hostname) {
- struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
- strncpy (utent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utent->ut_host) - 1);
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
- utent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
- sizeof (utent->ut_host));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN */
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6)
- if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
- /* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
- * Just try to log what may be useful.
- */
- if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
- struct sockaddr_in *sa =
- (struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR
- memcpy (&(utent->ut_addr),
- &(sa->sin_addr),
- MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr),
- sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6
- memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
- &(sa->sin_addr),
- MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
- sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
- } else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
- struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
- (struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
- memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
- &(sa->sin6_addr),
- MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
- sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
- }
- freeaddrinfo (info);
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
- free (hostname);
- }
- /* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
- utent->ut_session = getsid (0);
- if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME
- utent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME
- utent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV
- utent->ut_tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
- utent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV */
- }
-
- return utent;
-}
-
-/*
- * setutmp - Update an entry in utmp and log an entry in wtmp
- *
- * Return 1 on failure and 0 on success.
- */
-int setutmp (struct utmp *ut)
-{
- int err = 0;
-
- assert (NULL != ut);
-
- setutent ();
- if (pututline (ut) == NULL) {
- err = 1;
- }
- endutent ();
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
- /* This is done by pam_lastlog */
- updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, ut);
-#endif /* ! USE_PAM */
-
- return err;
-}
-
-#else
-/*
- * prepare_utmpx - the UTMPX version for prepare_utmp
- */
-/*@only@*/struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
- const char *line,
- const char *host,
- /*@null@*/const struct utmpx *ut)
-{
- struct timeval tv;
- char *hostname = NULL;
- struct utmpx *utxent;
-
- assert (NULL != name);
- assert (NULL != line);
-
-
-
- if ( (NULL != host)
- && ('\0' != host[0])) {
- hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
- strcpy (hostname, host);
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
- } else if ( (NULL != ut)
- && (NULL != ut->ut_host)
- && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
- hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
- strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
- hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
- }
-
- if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
- line += 5;
- }
-
- utxent = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utxent));
- memzero (utxent, sizeof (*utxent));
-
-
-
- utxent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
- utxent->ut_pid = getpid ();
- strncpy (utxent->ut_line, line, sizeof (utxent->ut_line));
- /* existence of ut->ut_id is enforced by configure */
- if (NULL != ut) {
- strncpy (utxent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
- } else {
- /* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
- strncpy (utxent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
- }
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME
- strncpy (utxent->ut_name, name, sizeof (utxent->ut_name));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME */
- strncpy (utxent->ut_user, name, sizeof (utxent->ut_user));
- if (NULL != hostname) {
- struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST
- strncpy (utxent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN
- utxent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
- sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN */
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6)
- if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
- /* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
- * Just try to log what may be useful.
- */
- if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
- struct sockaddr_in *sa =
- (struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR
- memcpy (&utxent->ut_addr,
- &(sa->sin_addr),
- MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr),
- sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6
- memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
- &(sa->sin_addr),
- MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
- sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
- } else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
- struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
- (struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
- memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
- &(sa->sin6_addr),
- MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
- sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
- }
- freeaddrinfo (info);
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
- free (hostname);
- }
- /* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
- utxent->ut_session = getsid (0);
- if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME
- utxent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME
- utxent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME */
- utxent->ut_tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
- utxent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
- }
-
- return utxent;
-}
-
-/*
- * setutmpx - the UTMPX version for setutmp
- */
-int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx)
-{
- int err = 0;
-
- assert (NULL != utx);
-
- setutxent ();
- if (pututxline (utx) == NULL) {
- err = 1;
- }
- endutxent ();
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
- /* This is done by pam_lastlog */
- updwtmpx (_WTMP_FILE "x", utx);
-#endif /* ! USE_PAM */
-
- return err;
-}
-#endif /* USE_UTMPX */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/valid.c b/libmisc/valid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 326635f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/valid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-/*
- * valid - compare encrypted passwords
- *
- * Valid() compares the DES encrypted password from the password file
- * against the password which the user has entered after it has been
- * encrypted using the same salt as the original. Entries which do
- * not have a password file entry have a NULL pw_name field and this
- * is used to indicate that a dummy salt must be used to encrypt the
- * password anyway.
- */
-bool valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
-{
- const char *encrypted;
- /*@observer@*/const char *salt;
-
- /*
- * Start with blank or empty password entries. Always encrypt
- * a password if no such user exists. Only if the ID exists and
- * the password is really empty do you return quickly. This
- * routine is meant to waste CPU time.
- */
-
- if ((NULL != ent->pw_name) && ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
- if ('\0' == password[0]) {
- return true; /* user entered nothing */
- } else {
- return false; /* user entered something! */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If there is no entry then we need a salt to use.
- */
-
- if ((NULL == ent->pw_name) || ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
- salt = "xx";
- } else {
- salt = ent->pw_passwd;
- }
-
- /*
- * Now, perform the encryption using the salt from before on
- * the users input. Since we always encrypt the string, it
- * should be very difficult to determine if the user exists by
- * looking at execution time.
- */
-
- encrypted = pw_encrypt (password, salt);
-
- /*
- * One last time we must deal with there being no password file
- * entry for the user. We use the pw_name == NULL idiom to
- * cause non-existent users to not be validated.
- */
-
- if ( (NULL != ent->pw_name)
- && (NULL != encrypted)
- && (strcmp (encrypted, ent->pw_passwd) == 0)) {
- return true;
- } else {
- return false;
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c b/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3f969..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- * 4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- * In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- * assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- * For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- * allocated structures (ie. the library allocates the memory and the
- * user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- * is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- * The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- * function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- * contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- * Linux-PAM library.
- *
- * Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- * getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#define XFUNCTION_NAME XPREFIX (FUNCTION_NAME)
-#define XPREFIX(name) XPREFIX1 (name)
-#define XPREFIX1(name) x##name
-#define REENTRANT_NAME APPEND_R (FUNCTION_NAME)
-#define APPEND_R(name) APPEND_R1 (name)
-#define APPEND_R1(name) name##_r
-#define STRINGIZE(name) STRINGIZE1 (name)
-#define STRINGIZE1(name) #name
-
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
-{
-#if HAVE_FUNCTION_R
- LOOKUP_TYPE *result=NULL;
- char *buffer=NULL;
- /* we have to start with something */
- size_t length = 0x100;
-
- result = malloc(sizeof(LOOKUP_TYPE));
- if (NULL == result) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
- "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
- exit (13);
- }
-
- while (true) {
- int status;
- LOOKUP_TYPE *resbuf = NULL;
- buffer = (char *)realloc (buffer, length);
- if (NULL == buffer) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
- "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
- exit (13);
- }
- status = REENTRANT_NAME(ARG_NAME, result, buffer,
- length, &resbuf);
- if ((0 == status) && (resbuf == result)) {
- /* Build a result structure that can be freed by
- * the shadow *_free functions. */
- LOOKUP_TYPE *ret_result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
- free(buffer);
- free(result);
- return ret_result;
- }
-
- if (ERANGE != status) {
- free (buffer);
- free (result);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (length <= ((size_t)-1 / 4)) {
- length *= 4;
- } else if (length == (size_t) -1) {
- break;
- } else {
- length = (size_t) -1;
- }
- }
-
- free(buffer);
- free(result);
- return NULL;
-
-#else /* !HAVE_FUNCTION_R */
-
- /* No reentrant function.
- * Duplicate the structure to avoid other call to overwrite it.
- *
- * We should also restore the initial structure. But that would be
- * overkill.
- */
- LOOKUP_TYPE *result = FUNCTION_NAME(ARG_NAME);
-
- if (result) {
- result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
- if (NULL == result) {
- fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
- "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
- exit (13);
- }
- }
-
- return result;
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c b/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fe99929..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- * 4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- * In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- * assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- * For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- * allocated structures (ie. the library allocates the memory and the
- * user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- * is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- * The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- * function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- * contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- * Linux-PAM library.
- *
- * Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- * getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "groupio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE struct group
-#define FUNCTION_NAME getgrgid
-#define ARG_TYPE gid_t
-#define ARG_NAME gid
-#define DUP_FUNCTION __gr_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETGRGID_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c b/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 66d6f93..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- * 4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- * In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- * assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- * For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- * allocated structures (ie. the library allocates the memory and the
- * user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- * is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- * The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- * function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- * contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- * Linux-PAM library.
- *
- * Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- * getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "groupio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE struct group
-#define FUNCTION_NAME getgrnam
-#define ARG_TYPE const char *
-#define ARG_NAME name
-#define DUP_FUNCTION __gr_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETGRNAM_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c b/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 74eb972..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- * 4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- * In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- * assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- * For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- * allocated structures (ie. the library allocates the memory and the
- * user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- * is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- * The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- * function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- * contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- * Linux-PAM library.
- *
- * Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- * getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "pwio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE struct passwd
-#define FUNCTION_NAME getpwnam
-#define ARG_TYPE const char *
-#define ARG_NAME name
-#define DUP_FUNCTION __pw_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETPWNAM_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c b/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b2d0c..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- * 4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- * In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- * assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- * For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- * allocated structures (ie. the library allocates the memory and the
- * user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- * is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- * The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- * function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- * contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- * Linux-PAM library.
- *
- * Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- * getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "pwio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE struct passwd
-#define FUNCTION_NAME getpwuid
-#define ARG_TYPE uid_t
-#define ARG_NAME uid
-#define DUP_FUNCTION __pw_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETPWUID_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetspnam.c b/libmisc/xgetspnam.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 148185f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetspnam.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- * 4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- * In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- * assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- * For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- * allocated structures (ie. the library allocates the memory and the
- * user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- * is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- * The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- * function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- * contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- * Linux-PAM library.
- *
- * Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- * getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "shadowio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE struct spwd
-#define FUNCTION_NAME getspnam
-#define ARG_TYPE const char *
-#define ARG_NAME name
-#define DUP_FUNCTION __spw_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETSPNAM_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xmalloc.c b/libmisc/xmalloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 056d472..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xmalloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/* Replacements for malloc and strdup with error checking. Too trivial
- to be worth copyrighting :-). I did that because a lot of code used
- malloc and strdup without checking for NULL pointer, and I like some
- message better than a core dump... --marekm
-
- Yeh, but. Remember that bailing out might leave the system in some
- bizarre state. You really want to put in error checking, then add
- some back-out failure recovery code. -- jfh */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@out@*//*@notnull@*/void *xmalloc (size_t size)
-{
- void *ptr;
-
- ptr = malloc (size);
- if (NULL == ptr) {
- (void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
- _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
- log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
- exit (13);
- }
- return ptr;
-}
-
-/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@notnull@*/char *xstrdup (const char *str)
-{
- return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (str) + 1), str);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/yesno.c b/libmisc/yesno.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cfbe6ec..0000000
--- a/libmisc/yesno.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1992 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Common code for yes/no prompting
- *
- * Used by pwck.c and grpck.c
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * yes_or_no - get answer to question from the user
- *
- * It returns false if no.
- *
- * If the read_only flag is set, it will print No, and will return
- * false.
- */
-bool yes_or_no (bool read_only)
-{
- char buf[80];
-
- /*
- * In read-only mode all questions are answered "no".
- */
- if (read_only) {
- (void) puts (_("No"));
- return false;
- }
-
- /*
- * Typically, there's a prompt on stdout, sometimes unflushed.
- */
- (void) fflush (stdout);
-
- /*
- * Get a line and see what the first character is.
- */
- /* TODO: use gettext */
- if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) == buf) {
- return buf[0] == 'y' || buf[0] == 'Y';
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-